INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSES

FOR WET SCRUBBING PROCESSES

           CONTRACT 68-02-0007


                   by

               E.A. BURNS
                A. GRANT
               D.F. CARROLL
              M.P. GARDNER
                J.C. GRAY


             INTERIM REPORT


                Prepared for
      ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
           Office of Air Programs
           Research Triangle Park
               North Carolina


             15 JANUARY 1972



                  TRW

-------
     INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSES

FOR WET SCRUBBING PROCESSES

           CONTRACT 68-02-0007


                   by

               E.A. BURNS
                A. GRANT
               D.F. CARROLL
              M.P. GARDNER
                J.C. GRAY


             INTERIM REPORT


                Prepared for
      ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
           Office of Air Programs
           Research Triangle Park
               North Carolina


             15 JANUARY 1972
                  TRW
                  trtTIHS SHOUT
          ONE SPACE PARK • REOOMOO BEACH. CALIFORNIA

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO
                                 FOREWORD
     This document constitutes the interim report for the work accomplished
between 16 November 1970 to 31 December 1971  by TRW Systems for the
Environmental  Protection Agency, Office of Air Programs, Durham, North
Carolina, under Contract 68-07-0007 on Instrumental Analysis for Wet
Scrubbing Processes.   This work was conducted under the direction of Dr.
Robert M. Statnick of the Office of Air Program, Durham, North Carolina.
     The Applied Chemistry Department and Chemical Engineering Department
of the Chemistry and Chemical Engineering Laboratory, Applied Technology
Division, were responsible for the work performed under this program.
Mr. B. Dubrow, Manager, Chemistry and Chemical Engineering Laboratory pro-
vided the overall program supervision and Dr. E. A. Burns, Manager of the
Applied Chemistry Department was Program Manager.  The Principal Investigator
was Mr. A. Grant.  Major technical contributions throughout the program were
provided by Messrs., D. F. Carroll, M. P. Gardner and J. C. Gray.  Acknowl-
edgment is made of technical assistance provided during the program by the
following TRW Systems personnel:
Members of the Professional Staff:
                                             Chemistry Department
                                             Chemistry Department
                                             Chemistry Department
                                             Chemistry Department
                                              Engineering Department
                                              Engineering Department
                                              Engineering Department
                                              Engineering Department
                                             Staff
                                             Chemistry Department
J.
C.
F.
M.
J.
W.
J.
R.
S.
P.
F. Clausen
A. Flegal
K. Harpt
L. Kraft
L. Lewis
D. Lusk
R. Ogren
S. Ottinger
Srinvisan
E. Testerman
Applied
Appl i ed
Applied
Applied
Chemical
Chemical
Chemical
Chemical
Science
Applied
Technical Support:
J.
D.
H.
D.
A. Buehner
B. Kilday
D. Lindewall
J. Luciani
Applied
Appl i ed
Applied
Applied
                                     Applied Chemistry Department

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO
                                 ABSTRACT

     The development of control methodology for sulfur oxide and particu-
lates from power plant emissions by wet scrubbing processes requires accur-
ate and reliable measurements of process variables.  Planned EPA process
demonstration studies will result in a requirement for a large number of
chemical analyses requiring 1) automatic instrumental methods and 2) asso-
ciated data acquisition and processing capabilities which exceed current
instrumental capabilities.  This report describes activities undertaken at
TRU Systems under Contract 68-02-0007 toward the development of methods
suitable for optimization and control of the wet limestone and dolomite
scrubbing processes by continuous onstream analytical methods.  Emphasis
was placed on development of continuous on-line methods for slurry sampling
and separation that do not disturb the chemical steady state condition.
Establishment of sampling requirements and an effective means for total
phase separation in a period less than thirty seconds were accomplished.
     Analytical  instrumental  methods having capability of continuous or
slug flow analysis within two minutes were identified for characterization
of the separated solid matter and liquor.   Analytical methods were identi-
fied which permit continuous  X-ray analyses of solid constituents for
sulfur, calcium, magnesium and iron contents.   Liquid phase analyses methods
were established for instrumental analysis of acidity, sulfite, sulfate,
calcium, magnesium and carbonate contents.  A new method for rapid analysis
of sulfite content based on furfural  bleaching is being carried to a state
of prototype analytical  instrument development.   In addition, approaches
for total  complete on-line analysis of other wet limestone scrubber
constituents have been identified.
                                     iii

-------
                                                         17551-6012-RO-OO
            INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSES FOR WET SCRUBBING  PROCESSES

                                    by
    E.  A.  Burns, A.  Grant,  D.  F.  Carroll, M.  P.  Gardner and  J.  C.  Gray

                                 SUMMARY
     This  interim document  presents the work  accomplished by TRW Systems
during the period 16 November 1970 to 31 December 1971  for the  Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Air Programs, under Contract 68-02-0007.   The
objective  of this program was to identify instrumental  analysis methodology
suitable for laboratory and especially on-line analysis of selected species
in and properties of wet scrubber process streams from pollutant emission
control systems.  The emphasis during this program has been placed on  the
development of on-line sampling and separation techniques to provide separa-
tion of the slurry system into solid and optically clear liquid phases  and
analysis and measurement methodology for pH,  sulfite, sulfate,  calcium, mag-
nesium, carbonate, nitrite  and nitrate.  This phase of the program was  or-
ganized in three tasks in order to accomplish the stated objectives:
     t    TASK I - Development of Laboratory  Instruments and Analysis
     •    TASK II - Development of Process Instrumentation
     •    TASK III - Data Acquisition and Processing
     Upon review of analysis requirements and process characteristics,  ef-
fective sampling, separation and quenching of reactants was identified  as a
major prerequisite to development of analysis methodology.  Several centrif-
ugation  and filtration techniques were evaluated in terms of rapid phase
separation at the point of process sampling for a sampling criterion of 30
grab samples per hour minimum.  The system designed and developed in the
laboratory utilizing actual and simulated slurries (3% nominal  loading) and
recommended for field evaluation is comprised of a one gpm cyclone  (cone)
stage followed by a dual-parallel filter stage for polishing the liquid
stream.  This system may also permit continuous operation, if necessary, as
the dual in-line filters are of high capacity-quick interchange design.

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO


      One Instrumental analysis technique, namely, x-ray fluorescence (XRF)
 was  shown  to  provide on-stream or laboratory elemental analysis capability
 for  unseparated slurry as well as separated liquid and solid phases.  The
 unit recommended for the on-stream application is an ARL Model PCXQ which
 can  accommodate up to 15 slurry streams and with nine spectrometers to de-
 termine nine  elements from magnesium and heavier.  Sensitivity for total
 sulfur, especially important in the analysis of slurry was found to be
 0.03%  for  solid samples and considerably better than 0.25% for the mixed
 slurry.  For  solids analysis, XRF was shown to be the optimum method for
 calcium, magnesium, iron, silicon and other metals of concern, offering a
 significant saving in time and cost per analysis compared to other candi-
 date techniques.
     Atomic absorption spectrometry (AA) was evaluated in the laboratory
 for  determination of those species very slightly soluble or present in
 trace  quantities in the liquid or solid phase (after dissolution). AA is
 recommended specifically for dissolved calcium, magnesium, iron, potassium,
 sodium and other trace elements.  This method is especially valuable where
 secondary  pollution problems from mercury, arsenic, chromium, lead, etc.,
 must be monitored and controlled.
     During the review of candidate analytical  methods for the continuous
determination of dissolved sulfur dioxide (HS03~ and SO.,") it was  deter-
mined that no satisfactory methods existed for determining concentrations
in the range to be found in the limestone slurry mixture.   A new method
based on bisulfite bleaching of the furfural  UV absorption was developed to
facilitate this analysis.   This method is based on the chemical  bleaching of
the 276 nM absorption  of furfural  by reaction with bisulfite.   Detailed
studies of the effect  of pH, diverse ions, temperature and time to constant
color development has  resulted in the selection of a single reagent addition
consisting of furfural,  phosphate buffer and  sulfamic acid (to eliminate in-
terference from trace  concentrations of nitrite).   The reproducibility of
the method has been determined to be better than 2% relative or 0.2 nM abso-
lute whichever is higher.   A preliminary design of a prototype plug flow
automated  analyzer to  accomodate up to ^100 samples per eight-hour shift
has been completed.
                                   VI

-------
                                                         17551-6012-RO-OO
     Methods for the analysis of sulfate, carbonate, nitrite and nitrate
were evaluated theoretically and experimentally less extensively than those
above utilizing simulated slurry liquid samples.  Two state of the art
methods for sulfate determination were found to warrant further considera-
tion and development, i.e., sulfate precipitation by barium with the measure-
ment being accomplished by turbidimetry or by AA, and 2) ion exchange with
barium chloranilate and colorimetric measurement of free chloroanilic acid.
Feasibility tests demonstrated the potential utility of a pyrolysis/acidi-
metric carbonate determination.  Released CCL could be measured readily by
NDIR in a batch automated or continous analyzer.  In this phase of the pro-
gram nitrite/nitrate literature was reviewed and several were selected for
further consideration and future experimental evaluation.
     A basic modular designed bench scale test loop wet scrubber unit was
fabricated to permit evaluation of the recommended methods under simulated
use conditions.  A loop system was selected because of the necessity of:
1) closely approximating the full scale operating unit, 2) accurate con-
trol, and 3) producing stable (equilibrium) and unstable (non-equilibrium)
conditions for evaluating candidate instruments under known, controllable
conditions with realistic compositions.  The system consists of a bench
scale Venturi scrubber with a second stage packed bed, fitted with a re-
circulating gas stream and slurry pumping capability to approximate actual
L/6 ratios to be tested on pilot and full scale scrubbers.  Equipped with
ports for acquiring appropriate gas and slurry samples and a continuous pH
monitor in the scrubber downcomer, the scrubber experiments 1) demonstrated
the adequacy of the proposed methodology, and 2) contributed significantly
to the elucidation of the chemistry of the scrubbing process.  Process var-
iables that were studied and found to impact process chemistry were oxygen
content, fly ash loading and composition, and temperature.  Sulfite oxida-
tion and rate of sulfite precipitation were two such important effects that
were isolated in these studies.
     Recommendations were provided for data acquisition and process equip-
ment suitable for use with recommended analytical instrumentation and capa-
bility for interfacing with the engineering computational system to be oper-
ational at the TVA wet scrubber plant site.  The primary candidate system
                                    vii

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO


was the Hewlitt Packard 2411C computer because of its proven application with
the recommended ARL PCXQ 4400 X-ray fluorescence unit.  An alternative com-
puter data process for the analytical instrumentation was the Digital
Equipment Corporation POP 12/LDP.
                                    viii

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO
                                 CONTENTS
                                                                     Page
1.0  INTRODUCTION	       1
2.0  TASK I - DEVELOPMENT OF LABORATORY INSTRUMENTS  AND
     ANALYSES 	       5
     2.1   Literature Review 	       6
          2.1.1   Theoretical Modeling of the Wet Scrubbing
                 Process	       6
          2.1.2   Review of Analysis  Methodology and
                 Instrumentation	       8
     2.2   Generalized Instrumentation and  Slurry Sampler
          Specifications	      12
          2.2.1   General Instrument  Specifications	      12
          2.2.2   Operating Specifications  	      13
          2.2.3   Requirements for Slurry Sampling and Separation.      13
     2.3   Review of Limestone Wet Scrubbing Process  Operation .  .      15
          2.3.1   Review of the Shawnee Process  Demonstration
                 Operation	      15
          2.3.2   Inspection of the Zurn Engineering  Wet Limestone
                 Scrubbing Operation at the Key West Electric
                 Company	      16
          2.3.3   Inspection of the Wet Limestone Scrubbing
                 Operation of the Kansas Power  and Light
                 Company	      19
     2.4   Instrumental  Methodology for Cations  and Elements ...      19
          2.4.1   Laboratory X-Ray Spectroscopic Methodology ...      21
                 2.4.1.1  XRF Applications in Literature	      21
                 2.4.1.2  XRF Analysis of  Simulated  and Field
                          Samples	      22
                 2.4.1.3  X-Ray Equipment  Vendor Contacts ....      23
                 2.4.1.4  Experimental Evaluation at Vendor
                          Application Laboratories	      25
          2.4.2   Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometric
                 Methodology	      27
     2.5   Spectrophotometric Analysis of Sulfite and Bisulfite.  .      29
          2.5.1   Effect of pH	      32
          2.5.2   Effect of Diverse Ions and Total Ionic
                 Strength	      39
                 2.5.2.1  Elimination of Nitrite as  an
                          Interferent	      41
                                    IX

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
                          CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
                                                                     Page
                 2,5.2.2  Iron as a Potential  Interferent ....     42
          2.5.3  Time Dependence of the Furfural-Bisulfite
                 Complex Formation	     45
          2,5.4  The Effect of Temperature on the Furfural-
                 B1sulf1te Analysis 	     47
     2.6  Instrumental  Analysis of Sulfate	     48
          2.6.1  Theoretical Evaluation of Sulfate Methods. ...     50
                 2.6.1.1  Titrimetric Methods 	     50
                 2.6.1.2  Turbidimetric Method	     50
                 2.6.1.3  Barium Chloranilate Colorimetric
                          Method	     51
                 2.6.1.4  Benzidine Colorimetric Method 	     51
                 2.6.1.5  Infrared Spectrophotometric 	     51
                 2.6.1.6  Atomic Absorption Method	     51
                 2.6.1.7  Specific Ion Electrode	     52
                 2.6.1.8  Sulfate by Difference from Total
                          Sulfur	     52
          2.6.2  Experimental Screening of Candidate Sulfate
                 Methods	     53
                 2.6.2.1  Turbidimetric Method	     54
                 2.6.2.2  Infrared Spectrophotometric Method. .  .     54
                 2.6.2.3  High Frequency Titration Method  ....     55
     2.7  Instrumental  Analysis of Carbonate	     56
          2.7.1  Precipitation Reactions	     56
          2.7.2  Precipitation Reactions	     56
          2.7.3  Thermal or Acidimetric Removal of C02	     58
     2.8  Survey of Nitrite/Nitrate Instrumental  Analysis
          Methodology	     59
          2.8.1  Brucine Colorimetric Method	     59
          2.8.2  Diazotization After Reduction	     60
          2.8.3  Ion Specific Electrodes	     60
3.0  TASK II - DEVELOPMENT OF PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION	     61
     3.1  Slurry Sampling, Separation and Quenching 	     62
          3.1.1  Continuous Cyclone Separation/Filtration  ....     64
          3.1.2  Solids Discharging Methods 	     69

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO
                           CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
                                                                     Page
     3.2  Continuous On-Line X-Ray Fluorescence  (XRF)
          Methodology	      74
          3.2.1   Limit of Detection	      75
          3.2.2   Repeatability	      75
          3.2.3   Matrix Effects	      78
          3.2.4   Quantitative Interpretation	      81
          3.2.5   Particle Size Effects	      81
          3.2.6   Dilution Effects  	      82
          3.2.7   Analysis of Liquid Samples  	      82
          3.2.8   Advantages of the ARL System	      85
     3.3  Continuous On-Stream Carbonate Analysis  	      86
     3.4  Development Plan for Wet Scrubber Bisulfite Analyzer
          (WSBA) Prototype Fabrication and Evaluation 	      87
     3.5  Bench  Scale Wet Scrubbing Process  Simulator 	      89
          3.5.1   Bench Scale Scrubber Tendency for Slurry
                 Oxidation	      94
          3.5.2   Evaluation of Recommended Methods for
                 Characterization  of the Limestone Scrubber
                 Process	      96
                 3.5.2.1  Standard Operating Procedure for
                          Bench Scale Scrubber	      96
                 3.5.2.2  Results  of Characterization of Scrubber
                          Slurries	      97
          3.5.3   Study of Wet Scrubber Process Variables Using
                 the TRW Bench Scale System	      98
                 3.5.3.1  Experimental	      98
                 3.5.3.2  Results  	     100
                 3.5.3.3  Recommendations 	     104
     3.6  Process Monitoring for pH	     104
4.0  TASK III -  DATA ACQUISITION AND PROCESSING	     107
     4.1  Computer Data System for XRF On-Line Process
          Instrumentation 	     107
     4.2  Alternative Computer Data Processor for General
          Analytical Instrumentation	     109
     4.3  Non-Computer Data Acquisition	     HO
                                   XI

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
                             CONTENTS (CONTINUED)
                                                                     Page
5.0  CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS	      Ill
6.0  NEW TECHNOLOGY	      115
     6.1  Wet Scrubber Bisulfite Analyzer 	      115
     6.2  Total Sulfur Analyzer for Process  Streams 	      115
     6.3  X-Ray Fluorescence Analysis of Elements  	      116
     6.4  Pyrolysis/Acidimetric Carbonate Method	      116
     6.5  Continuous Slurry Phase Separator  	      116
APPENDIX A - SURVEY OF STANDARD ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR SLURRY
             COMPONENTS	      119
APPENDIX B - SURVEY OF ELECTROCHEMICAL METHODS FOR ANALYSIS OF
             DISSOLVED OXYGEN AND SULFUR DIOXIDE	      125
APPENDIX C - INITIAL SHAWNEE PROCESS DEMONSTRATION OPERATIONAL
             MODES	      135
APPENDIX D - DETAILED ASSESSMENT OF X-RAY ANALYTICAL METHODS. .  .      169
APPENDIX E - TENTATIVE METHOD FOR ANALYSIS FOR SULFITE AND
             BISULFITE ION BY FURFURAL BLEACHING	      185
APPENDIX F - DIRECTORY OF SEPARATOR MANUFACTURERS  AND VENDORS .  .      189
APPENDIX G - PROCESS pH MONITORING SYSTEM 	      191
REFERENCES	      195

-------
                                                        17551-6012-RO-OO


                             LIST OF TABLES
                                                                     Page
I          Liquid Analysis Requirements 	       8
II         Literature Recommended Analytical  Procedures for
           Major Species in Limestone Slurries	       9
III        Characteristics of Zurn Limestone  Slurry 	      16
IV         Sulfite Fixation Experiments on Filtered Weir Bottom
           Limestone Slurry Liquor	      17
V          Possible Limestone/Dolomite Slurry Component
           Distribution 	      20
VI         XRF Analytical  Data for Limestone	      21
VII        Comparison of XRF and Chemical  Values for Total  Sulfur
           in Standards and Mineralized Samples 	      22
VIII       XRF Standard Samples for Instrument Evaluation ....      26
IX         Effect of Flame Oxidizer, pH and  Inhibitor on Atomic
           Absorption Determination of Calcium in Limestone
           Solutions	      28
X          Atomic Absorption Analysis of Selected Samples
           Obtained from Operational Limestone Wet Scrubber
           Units	      28
XI         pH Dependence of Furfural Absorption Spectrum at
           276 nM	      33
XII        Determination of Bisulfite by Furfural Bleaching in
           Unbuffered Media 	      34
XIII       Determination of Sulfur (IV) by Furfural Bleaching . .      35
XIV        Evaluation of pH Effect in Determination of S (IV) in
           Phosphate Buffer 	      36
XV         Experimental and Computed pH versus 1/A(HS03") ....      39
XVI        Interference Screening Tests for Bisulfite-Furfural
           Bleaching	      40
XVII       Effect of Sulfamic Acid on N02" Interference	      42
XVIII      Interference of Fe+3 in the Furfural-Bisulfite
           Method	     43
XIX        Time Dependence on the Furfural-Bisulfite Equilibrium.     46
XX         Thermal Dependence of the Bisulfite Calibration Curve.     48
XXI        Limestone Slurry Sampling Requirements  	     61
XXII       Summary of Laboratory Evaluation of Separation
           Methods	     54
XXIII      Effect of Filter Cake Buildup on Simulated Wet
           Scrubber Filtrate Composition	     68
                                    xm

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
                     LIST OF TABLES (CONTINUED)

                                                                     Page
XXIV       Signal Data from ARL Quantometer 72000 	      76

XXV        ARL-72000 Vacuum Quantometer Repeatability Data.  ...      78

XXVI       Effect of Kapton Window on X-Ray Spectrometer
           Performance: 0.25-Mil  Sheet	      84
XXVII      Bisulfite Analysis for Bisulfite Oxidation Bench
           Scrubber Experiment 104	      95

XXVIII     Bisulfite Analysis for the Limestone Slurry	      97

XXIX       Limestone Slurry Liquor Composition as a  Function of
           Operating Conditions and Time	     102
XXX        Recommended Computer System for XRF Data  Acquisition
           and Reduction	     108
                                   xiv

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO
                              ILLUSTRATIONS
                                                                     Page
Figure 1      Sampling System for Zurn Wet Scrubber	      18
Figure 2      Sulfur IV Species as a Function o pH 	      32
Figure 3      Bisulfite-Furfural Absorption as a Function of pH.  .      38
Figure 4      Change In Furfural Bisulfite Complex Equilibrium
             Constant with Temperature	      49
Figure 5      Carbonate Species as a Function of pH	      57
Figure 6      Demco Centrifugal Separator	      65
Figure 7      Schematic of Continuous Slurry Separation
             Approaches	      66
Figure 8     Schematic Design of Continuous Solid Separation
             and Analysis Apparatus Concept 	      70
Figure 9      Flow Rate versus Clarity for Sharpies
             Super-D-Canter 	      71
Figure 10    Zurn Slurry Separation by Demco Cone 	      73
Figure 11    Working Curves for Sulfur Analysis 	      79
Figure 12    Calcium Working Curves 	      80
Figure 13    Conceptual Concentration • Loading - Signal
             Map for Sulfur	      83
Figure 14    WSBA Flow Diagram	      88
Figure 15    Bench Scale Scrubber Analysis Loop 	      90
Figure 16    Photograph of Instrumental Bench Scale Process
             Scrubber Simulator 	      91
Figure 17    Effect of Fly Ash and Temperature on Soluble S(IV)
             in Bench Scale Wet Scrubber	     101
                                    xv

-------
                                                        17551-6012-RO-OO
                             1.0   INTRODUCTION
     This interim report presents the work accomplished  by TRW Systems  for
the Environmental Protection Agency, Office of  Air Programs,  under Contract
68-02-0007 during the period 16 November 1970 to 31  December  1971.   This
program consisted of analytical and experimental  studies aimed toward the
identification of instrumental  methods suitable for on-line analysis of
selected chemical species in the  Shawnee Plant  limestone wet  scrubbing  pro-
cesses.  The underlying motivation for conducting this  program was to de-
velop methods suitable for continuous monitoring of the  key chemical species
to facilitate 1) an understanding of the wet limestone  scrubbing process,
and 2) provide mass balance information related to the  effectiveness of the
process for the abatement of sulfur dioxide emissions from stationary  power
sources.
     The development of control methodology for sulfur  oxide  and particu-
lates from power plant emissions  by limestone/dolomite  wet scrubbing re-
quires accurate and reliable measurements of process variables.  Efficient,
proven methods for many of these measurements have not  yet been developed.
The monitoring of the complex chemistry involved in this scrubbing process
and associated sampling of representative samples in quiescent and dynamic
mixtures of liquors, slurry and solids are in themselves challenging analyt-
ical problems.  In addition, planned OAP process demonstration studies  at
the Shawnee Power Plant, Paducah, Kentucky, will result in a  requirement
for a large number of chemical  analyses requiring 1) automatic instrumental
methods and 2) associated data acquisition and  processing capabilities  which
exceed current instrumental capabilities.
     The chemistry of the process is not sufficiently understood at the
present time because of the lack of definitive  mass balance information in-
volving the chemical species existing in the scrubbing  solution.  The de-
velopment of suitable on-stream analysis methods will provide a means to
fill this gap through detailed characterization of the  process.  High ana-
lytical accuracy (e.g., 0.1% relative) is not a requisite of  the needed
methods but rather they must be adaptable to instrumental techniques that
will be reliable, reproducible, cost effective  and employ hardware requir-
ing little maintenance.
                                    -1-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO
     The objective of the program reported here was to carry out systematic
 analytical and experimental studies for development of laboratory instru-
 ment and analysis methods, development of process instrumentation and out-
 line data acquisition and processing requirements suitable to handle the
 on-line information to be generated in the process demonstration studies.
     Task I of this program consisted of identification and/or development
 of analysis methods for critical chemical species in the liquids, slurry and
 solid materials resulting from the aqueous limestone scrubbing of fossil
 fuel combustion gases.  The intent of this effort was to identify instru-
 mental methods based on their specificity, reproducibility, potential lag
 time, and reliability of operation.  Specifically, the task involved a re-
 view of available literature information on the primary candidate wet scrub-
 bing process (limestone), identification of applicable analysis methodology
 and instrumentation, preparation of generalized instrument specifications
 and experimental  evaluation of the methods developed using laboratory
 samples.
     The Task II  efforts consisted of the evaluation of the applicability
 of the methods identified in Task I to continuous on-line instrumentation
 for monitoring selected species in the liquid, slurry and/or solid phase at
 several  locations in the scrubber system.  As part of this evaluation, the
methods were tested in a laboratory bench scale simulated process which in-
 volved both stable and unstable slurry systems.  Again, the reliability,
sensitivity, reproducibility, specificity and accuracy of the measurements
were used as criteria for evaluating candidate instruments, breadboard pro-
totypes  and modified apparati.
     Task III  efforts consisted of identification of applicable data han-
dling systems  for collecting and reducing all information produced by the
analysis scheme in a form which lends itself to computer input.  From the
studies  conducted during this program, recommendations for future needed
research and development activities in the area of characterizing process
streams  for mass  balance purposes have been generated.
     This report is divided into three principle sections covering the pro-
gram tasks:  1) development of laboratory instruments and analysis, 2) de-
velopment of process instrumentation and 3) data acquisition and processing.

                                     -2-

-------
                                                        17551-6012-RO-OO
The significant conclusions reached from evaluation and assessment of the
results are listed together with recommendations for activities that war-
rant further investigation.  This report identifies in a special section
the new technology originating from the program.  The information presented
in the main body of this report is supplemented by appendices covering de-
tailed descriptions of procedures, assessment of candidate analytical pro-
cedures, and lists of vendors and manufacturers which offer suitable equip-
ment.
                                     -3-

-------
                                                     17551-6012-RO-OO
    2.0  TASK I - DEVELOPMENT OF LABORATORY INSTRUMENTS AND ANALYSES
     This task was aimed at identification and/or development of analysis
methods for critical chemical  species in the liquids,  slurry and solid mater-
ials resulting from the aqueous scrubbing of fossil  fuel  combustion gases.
In accordance with EPA direction, TRW concentrated its activities on the
measurement of the following chemical species and characteristics of the
wet scrubbing process:
     •    Calcium concentration
     0    Magnesium concentration
     •    Sulfite concentration
     •    Sulfate concentration
     ff    pH
     •    Ionic strength
     During the conduct of this effort it was determined that many of the
analytical methods suitable for laboratory characterization of the limestone
scrubber constituents were not applicable to the planned future on-line
characterization.  On the other hand, most of the analytical methods suita-
ble for on-line use are also acceptable as laboratory methods.  This obser-
vation, together with the subsequent initiation of a parallel program to
the Radian Corporation, (Reference 1) for development of a laboratory analy-
sis scheme resulted in the relative de-emphasis of Task I activities rela-
tive to those of the on-line instrumental analytical methods.  An assess-
ment of the early clans by Bechtel Corporation for sampling points and anal-
ysis requirements indicated that after an initial evaluation period, on-line
process control measurements were required to be cost effective.
     However, the comprehensive literature survey for laboratory experimenta-
tion conducted in Task I provided the basis for 1) identification of analy-
sis and characterization criteria, 2) establishment of on-line or automated
process instrumentation specifications, and 3) development of acceptable
methodology.   The following section describes the
     1.   Literature review of available information on the primary
          candidate wet scrubbing process,
     2.   Analysis methodology and instrumentation,

                                    -5-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
      3.    Generalized instrumentation specifications, and
      4.    The methods developed and evaluation pertaining to
           laboratory analysis.
 2.1   LITERATURE REVIEW
      The literature review was initiated in order to update and maintain
 currency of our compilation of data on instrumental and automated manual
 analytical methodology for wet scrubbing processes.  The literature review
 was aimed  at obtaining data on:
      •     Solubility of slurry constituents
      •     Methods of analyses outlined in laboratory studies, and
      •     Applicability of current instrumentation to the labora-
           tory study
 2.1.1  Theoretical Modeling of the Met Scrubbing Process
      Key related reports generated under EPA sponsorship have been reviewed
 to provide background information.  Throughout the review there appeared to
 be a  lack  of applicable information concerning the chemical species which
 exist under the actual  temperature and chemical conditions of the wet scrub-
 bing  process.  Because of the lack of empirical data, EPA has sponsored
 several efforts aimed at providing a theoretical description of the process
 suitable for identification of future process design improvement.  The lead-
 ing process model  is that generated by the Radian Corporation (Reference 2)
 which describes the process through chemical compositional computation using
 equilibrium conditions.   This model has proven to be very useful as a start-
 ing point  in identifying the chemical composition of the wet limestone slurry
 at various points in the process under fixed conditions.  It is generally
 recognized that there are shortcomings to the equilibrium assumption, how-
 ever, modification of the model to provide a "real-life" process model have
 not been undertaken primarily because of the lack of empirical  information
 needed for confirmation.
     As part of this task, TRW reviewed the Radian model in detail to deter-
 mine  its applicability to describe the scrubber chemistry.  It is the in-
 tention of this review to identify some of its limitations and point out how
 it can be  further improved.  These shortcomings are delineated below:
                                    -6-

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO
   •    The most significant shortcoming is the assumption of
        equilibrium conditions.  Recent experiments at TRW (see
        Section 3.5.3) have clearly identified that the solids
        do not precipitate to their equilibrium value in a time
        period to be consistent with either the scrubber or ef-
        fluent hold tank.

   •    Several of the chemical species used in the theory
        have not been substantiated and are inferred by cal-
        culations aimed at making an internally consistent
        set of data (without cross check).

   t    The constants used in many cases were determined by
        experimental techniques which are open to technical
        question [use of specific ion electrodes which tend
        to have errors in response, particularly at moderate
        (lO"^ M) concentrations].

   •    The model requires the input of many variables which
        might be determined theoretically.  These include the
        quantity of NOX dissolved (which has been shown to be
        considerably lower than that used in the calculations),
        the amount of CaO and MgO converted to hydrate and the
        amount of S02 oxidized to S03.

   0    Several chemical species which are known to exist in
        partially oxidized sulfitg solutions, namely, the
        thionates, S206~ and S306~ have not been considered in
        the theoretical treatment.

   •    The thermochemical equilibria in solutions are quite
        sensitive to properties, such as ionic strength, but
        most of the data utilized in the formulation of the
        model were taken from pure compound solubilities and
        assuming the validity of the extended Debye-Huckel Law.

   •    Another assertion which has a strong bearing on the
        chemical composition is that use of Fuoss equation is
        valid for determining the temperature dependence of
        the constants.

     Lacking more definitive  information during the early phases  of  the

program, analysis error  requirements for the key  chemical constituents pre-

sent in the limestone/dolomite  scrubber were based on estimates provided  by

the EPA Project Monitor  of  concentration range and relative error of the

methods required for 20% sulfur mass balance closure  as  determined by the

Bechtel Corporation.   These data  are presented in Table  I  and  were used  to

guide the direction  of the  program  pending  updating  of  these  requirements

in concurrent  programs  by  the Radian Corporation  and  Bechtel  Corporation.
                                   -7-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
                                 TABLE  I
                        LIQUID  ANALYSIS  REQUIREMENTS
Concentration
Range, mM
Mg++
Ca++
S03=
so4=
co3=
Na+
K+
Cl"
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
- 1000
250
150
500
20
500
500
500
Maximum Allowable
Relative Error*
3
3
3
5
15
15
15
15
 *For  20% sulfur mass balance closure
 2.1.2  Review  of Analysis Methodology and  Instrumentation
      Available literature on analytical procedures used to characterize the
 major chemical  constituents in  limestone slurries were reviewed.  Table II
 provides a  summary  of  the methods  that have been recommended and information
 concerning  the technique and its applicability to slurry solid, liquor or
 mixed phases together  with appropriate comments relating to end point and/or
 alternative detection  procedures.   In general, the prior investigations were
 conducted over a short period of time and  little, or no information was pro-
 vided concerning the utility of the methods for continuous on-line measure-
 ment.   The  methods  were used without consideration of potential interferences
 and their effect on the accuracy and reproducibility of the methods.
      Concurrently,  analytical techniques were compiled for characterization
 of cations  and anions  that were expected to be present in the slurry liquor.
 Appendix A  delineates  the wet and  some standard instrumental methods for
 sixteen of  the key  chemical species.  Tabulated are the components to be
 measured, the  principle of method, sensitivity, interferences and related
 comments.   In  general, utilization of these methods requires separation of
 phases prior to analysis.
                                   -8-

-------
                                          TABLE II


LITERATURE RECOMMENDED ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES FOR MAJOR SPECIES IN LIMESTONE SLURRIES
Component
Ca, Mg, Na,
K, Fe, other
metals
Total Ca
and Mg
N02, NO;
N03
S03=
SO/
Cl"
C03=
Total C03=
Trace
Metals
pH
Conductivity
Suspended
solids
Referee
AA
Titri metric
(EDTA)
Photometric
Gravimetric
Titri metric
Gravimetric
Titri metric
Titri metric
Manometric
Emission
spec.
Glass
electrode
-
Gravimetric
Rapid
AA
-
Photometric
-
Titri metric
Colorimetric
Titrimetric
-
-
AA

Glass
electrode
Probe
Radiometer
Phase*
(S & L)
(L)
(L)
(L)
U&S)

(L)
(L&S)
(S)
(S)

(TS)
(TS)
(TS)
Comment
~
-
-
Weigh as C12 H22T1N03
I2-phenyl-arsine oxide
(amperometric)
Turbidimetric
AgN03- potenti ometri c
Ba(OH)2-titn with HC1

-

-
-
™
Alternate References 1
Na+K flame photometric; EDTA for 3 1
Ca and for hardness. Glyoxal 2- 1
hydroxyanil (color)
2
N03 Brucine; NO^ Phenoldisulfonic 3
acid. N03 polarographic; NO 2
diazotization
2 •
HBr-electrolytic titration** 3
Barium chloroanilate-colori metric 3
titn. Ba(C10j2-thorin 3
Mercuric nitrate 3
3
2
Polarography 3

3
3
(Ca.,, Mg, Na, K, Cl", NO^, NO^, , 1
SOi," and trace metals ion- 1
selective electrodes) 1
                                                                                                                         -vl
                                                                                                                         en
                                                                                                                         en
                                                                                                                         cn
                                                                                                                         o
                                                                                                                         ro
                                                                                                                          i
                                                                                                                         O
                                                                                                                         O
*S = solids;  L = Liquids; TS = total slurry


   Considered by EPA

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO

     Of the standard manual  laboratory methods for sulfite and  sulfate,  the
1odometr1c redox methods are still  generally preferred for the  lower  oxida-
tion states, while for sulfate 1on  the most widely accepted methods are
based on the barium tltratlons with a visual  end points and barium precipi-
tation with a gravimetric determination (carbonate and sulfite  interfers
and must be removed).  The strontium-EDTA method (see Appendix  A,  Reference  4)
for differentiating carbonate and bicarbonate, which appears to offer a  dis-
tinct advantage over other methods, remains to be evaluated. Cation  analysis
is commonly performed by the complexemetrie EDTA and colorimetric  methods,
however, atomic absorption spectrophotometry and specific ion electrode
methods provide distinct advantages over the classical methods  in  simplicity,
specificity and economy.
     Electrochemical methods appear to be the prime approach for determina-
tion of  dissolved oxygen in process streams which is  considered to be highly
significant in the liquid phase oxidation of sulfite  and bisulfite.   Addi-
tionally, the sulfite ion concentration in the liquid phase of the wet
scrubber process stream may be suited to electroanalytic measurements [e.g.,
in the millimolar (mM) concentration range]; the actual dissolved oxygen
content  in these solutions is somewhat in question, however, dissolved
oxygen from air (in non-reactive media) at wet scrubber process stream temper-
atures is ^0.5 mM.  The process stream at a pH of near 6 will possess major
components of HC03", S04S, HS03", H2C03, Na+, Mg+2, Ca+2 and CaS04.   These
major cations do not interfere with the electrochemical process and any
other reducible metals originating from the fly ash will be at a concentra-
tion of  at least two orders of magnitude less, hence, will be insignificant
relative to the sulfite and dissolved oxygen content.  One requirement the
electrochemical method has is that the liquid should  be free of fine suspen-
sions.
     A critical review of current methods used for analysis of dissolved
oxygen and dissolved sulfur dioxide by polarographic, chronopotentiometric,
conductometric, coulometric and other methods were reviewed.  Criteria
used for evaluation of the various methods included:
                                    -10-

-------
                                                     17551-6012-RO-OO
     •    The  present  state of development  (laboratory technique,
          availability of  laboratory or process stream instruments)
     •    Sampling  mode
     «    Specificity  and  interferences
     •    Pretreatment of  sample  for analysis  (concentration,
          filtration,  adjustment  of pH)
     •    Useful  concentration range,  sensitivity,  accuracy,
          precision
     •    Temperature  requirements
     t    Analysis  time
     t    Data reduction capability
     I    Requirements for further development
     t    Maintenance  requirements
     t    Cost
     f    Life time and cycle life
     •    Commercial instruments
The detailed compilation of this  information is in tabular form in
Appendix B for possible future implementation of an experimental  investi-
gation.
     Numberous candidate state of the  art instrumental  techniques for wet
scrubber constituents  were evaluated  experimentally as  well  as theoretically,
including some of the  standard photometric (colorimetry, turbidimetry,
atomic absorption, etc.) techniques  listed in Appendix  A.  The following
specific techniques are discussed in  detail in subsequent sections of this
report.
     Electrochemical Methods               Electron Diffraction
     Atomic Absorption (AA)                Colorimetry
     X-ray Fluorescence (XRF)              X-ray Diffraction (XRD)
     UV-VIS-NIR and IR                     Flame Emission
     Spectrophotometry
                                   -11-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO

     Quantitative automated laboratory or instrumental techniques were
successfully developed and demonstrated for:
     f    Cations and elements by AA (in solution) and XRF
          (solids and liquids), and
     •    Sulfite by a new UV spectrophotometric method.
     The feasibility of laboratory automatable methods for the following
species was also demonstrated:
     •    Sulfate by turbidimetry
     •    Sulfate by high frequency titrimetry
     •    Carbonate by C02 liberation and NDIR detection
2.2  GENERALIZED INSTRUMENTATION AND SLURRY SAMPLER SPECIFICATIONS
     As a result of the review of the sampling and characterization require-
ments of the limestone dolomite wet scrubbing S02 abatement process through
both review of literature and visits to operating facilities, generalized
specifications for instruments to monitor the wet scrubbing process and
sampler systems have been generated.  These general specifications are pre-
sented below for use as guidelines in purchasing various types of instru-
ments which will be required.   Specific types of instrumentation are recom-
mended later in this document.
2.2.1  General  Instrument Specifications
     •    Selectivity - Measure S04=, HS03", H+, Ca++, Mg++ and
          the other identified species  of concern and be relatable
          to the content of the original  wet scrubber stream at
          the time of sampling.
     •    Calibration  - Capable  of calibration and  standardization
          by a  chemical and/or instrument  technician  or  a  person
          of equivalent training and experience.
     •    Routine Operation -  Capable of attended operation with
          no more than four simple calibrations  per day  as accur-
          acy checks.
     •    Maintenance/Repair - Capable  of being  maintained by a
          qualified chemist or chemical  technician with  a  maxi-
          mum of two days  special  training.   Capable of  repair by
          a  chemical  instrumentation technician  who has  received
          reasonable maintenance and repair training.
                                   -12-

-------
                                                     17551-6012-RO-OO
     I    Operating  Voltage  and  Voltage  Variations - Capable of
          operation  at 120 or  240  volts  A.C. with line voltage
          variations which may exceed +30%.

     t    Accuracy and Reproducibility - It  is  desired (but not
          always  possible) that  all  instruments will be  relatable
          after calibration  to +5% of the true  value for the
          species being measured".

     0    Output  Signals - All output signals where practical should
          be 100  mv  or compatible  with a specific readout system  if
          so specified.

2.2.2  Operating  Specification

     The operating specifications  for each instrument will  depend  on  prin-

ciples of measurement, sampling  methods  and  end use requirements.  Specifi-

cations defined at this time include:

     t    Ambient Conditions - Instruments must be  capable of opera-
          tion in the presence of  or protected  from the  coal dust,
          dirt, temperature  extremes, vibrations, etc.,  encountered
          in and around an enclosed coal burning power  station.

     •    Sampling Time - A  sample rate  of 30  samples per hour  per
          species being measured is desirable.

     •    Response Time - Direct instream analysis  is desirable,
          however, when not  practical a  time delay  between sample
          collection and data presentation is  acceptable if such
          data is directly  relatable to  the process sample point
          at the time of sampling.  A maximum  analysis  time of
          two minutes per sample per species is desirable.

2.2.3  Requirements  for Slurry Sampling  and Separation

     In order to achieve separation between the solids  and liquids of a

non-equilibrium slurry a rapid separation is required  to "freeze" the com-

ponents of the non-equilibrium system.

     t    Slurry Sample Rate  - In order to minimize perturbation
          of the scrubber system not more than 1% of  the stream
          v/v should be sampled.

          System Flow Rate                Max.  Sample  Flow Rate

           150 gal/min                    1.5  gal/min

           600 gal/min                    6.0  gal/min

          1200 gal/min                    12.0 gal/min
                                    -13-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
      t    In-Stream Sampling Velocity - Because of the nature of
           wet limestone slurries and the broad distribution of
           participate sizes, conditions approaching isoklnetlc
           sampling are desirable.  The sample flow velocity at
           input point should be held within two times  that of
           the actual  stream velocity at that point.  This  devi-
           ation will  depend on particle size, particle distribu-
           tion, turbulence, etc.

      •    Sample Probes -  Removal probes should be of  such de-
           sign and construction so as to remove a  representative
           sample.

      •    Lag Time -  From  time of sampling,  complete separation
           to pure  liquid and solid phases  should not take  more
           than <30 seconds.   It can be assumed  that if "all
           other things  are held constant"  the resulting samples
           will  be  representative for elements at least in  the
           system at an  equal  flow time down  stream of  the  sample
           time.

      t    Materials of  Construction -  In all  cases care must be
           exercised to  ensure that all  surfaces  subject to sample
           contact  be an  inert non-reactive material.

      •     Sample Transfer  Lines  -  All  sample  transfer  lines should
           be  constructed of  inert  material, e.g., Teflon, main-
           tained at the  sampling  point  temperature and as short as
           practical to minimize dead volume.

     •     Particulate Size Solids  Sample - The separation device
           must be capable of  providing an optically clear liquor
           from a slurry containing  particles  ranging from less
           than 0.5 micron to over several hundred microns.

     •    Solids Content -  The solids separation system must be
          able to handle solids loadings ranging from less  than
          3% to over 15% (w/w).

     •    Drying of Solids  - A non-reactive solvent should  be
          utilized to  wash  the solids before final  drying  in
          order to remove the liquid phase components present.

     •    Maintainability.  Cleaning - The solids sampling system
          must be easily cleaned.  Backflush components or  throw-
          away cartridge filters are recommended.

     t    Power Requirements - Pumps and other electrical devices
          should operate at 120 V AC +30V.
                                   -14-

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO
2.3  REVIEW OF LIMESTONE WET SCRUBBING PROCESS OPERATION
     As an integral part of the survey of the state of the art for lime-
stone wet scrubbing processes and for the purpose of identifying realistic
process characterization needs, several meetings were held with process de-
velopment engineering firms.  Technical interchange (T.I.) meetings were
held with key engineering and chemistry personnel at Bechtel Corporation,
at their San Francisco facility, Zurn Environmental Engineers at their pilot
scrubbing installation at Key West Electric Company, and Kansas Power and
Light (KPL) to review the Combustion Engineering Company process.  Field
samples of  scrubber slurry were obtained and phase separation techniques
evaluated at the latter facilities.  At a T.I. meeting held at TRW with
EPA and TVA personnel, tentative recommendations of separation and analysis
methods were discussed and numerous TVA synthesized samples of slurry com-
ponents were transmitted for the purpose of methods evaluation.  The fol-
lowing paragraphs present the highlights of the process reviews and the
sampling that was accomplished.  The resultant experimental effort are
described under the appropriate methodology headings.
2.3.1  Review of the Shawnee Process Demonstration Operation
     The operation procedures planned by Bechtel Corporation for implementa-
tion at the Shawnee Power Plant wet scrubbing process demonstration were
reviewed.  In addition to detailed discussion of the three types of scrubber
designs, namely, Venturi, TCA plastic ball and flooded marble bed designs,
information was provided concerning both process and instrument diagrams
and the planned operational modes for investigation of several different
configurations.  After examination of the planned sample port locations,
it was concluded that sufficient sample ports will be available in the
planned facility.   Because Bechtel  had a cut-off time of January 28, 1971
for freezing the design of the plant hardware, any future recommendations
were not compatible with this time  frame.   If it should be necessary to
add new sample ports, this can be implemented by modifications of flanged
sections of the process stream piping hardware.   A complete package of
Bechtel's planned operational mode  sheets  is given in Appendix C.
                                    -15-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO
2.3.2  Inspection of the Zurn Engineering Wet Limestone Scrubbing Operation
       at the Key West Electric Company
     As indicated above, the field trip to operational  wet scrubbing faci-
lities had the express purpose of determining methodology and equipment
currently employed for process characterization, to evaluate sampling
schemes and to acquire real samples for methods evaluation and development.
With the cooperation of Zurn Environmental Engineering  the pilot limestone
and coral wet scrubbing process unit operated at the Key West Electric
Company was inspected and sampled by A. Grant and E. A. Burns on January 13,
1971.  This unit was scrubbing 1/8 of the flue gas from a 20 megawatt
boiler burning a fuel oil containing 0.6% sulfur.  The  scrubber apparatus
consisted of a modified particulate removal  unit which  provided turbulent
mixing and a high level of liquid/gas contact.  The inlet gas had a temper-
ature of 250°F and a flow rate of 935 SCFM.   The scrubbing solution studied
during the run inspected by TRW representatives consisted of a 3% w/v lime-
stone slurry.  Table III lists the temperature and pH of the scrubbing unit
                               TABLE III
                  CHARACTERISTICS OF ZURN LIMESTONE SLURRY
Location
Inlet
Hopper
Weir Bottom
Spent Slurry
Filter Slurry
Temperature
(°F)
78
135
125
124

PH3
7.76
6.18
6.18
6.14
6.05
           Obtained using a Welch Sargent pH Meter equipped with
           automatic temperature compensation
slurry at various locations in the system.   Instrumentation used by Zurn
consisted strictly of monitoring the sulfur dioxide conent in and out with
a Whittaker Dynascience instrument.  To assist in defining problems asso-
ciated with phase separation and species isolation, some exploratory exper-
iments were conducted with the assistance of Dr.  John Craig of Zurn
Environmental Engineering.
                                   -16-

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO
      The apparatus shown schematically in Figure 1  was  used to provide  fil-
 tration separation of one liter within one minute.   This  apparatus  1) con-
 sists of valving, manifold, filter and sample bottle,  and 2)  provides a
 uniform, representative flow through the manifold in the  by-pass  mode of
 operation.  In the by-pass mode the remainder of the manifold was purged
 with gaseous nitrogen (to eliminate residual  air which  could possibly oxi-
 dize sulfite species in the slurry during subsequent handling operations).
 Activation of the by-pass valve and vacuum pump initiated flow of slurry
 from the bottom of the scrubber weir through  the in-line  filter unit (3 mi-
 cron nominal size).  The filtered liquid was  optically  clear and showed no
 evidence of particulate matter.  In separate  experiments  the separated
 solids were 1) flushed with an inert halocarbon liquid  (trichloroethylene)
 or alternatively, 2) flushed with dry nitrogen to quench  any possible post
 sampling reactions of the solids.
      Post sampling treatment of the liquids to inhibit subsequent reaction
 of sulfite to sulfate was accomplished as shown in Table  IV.  In additi:n
                                  TABLE IV
           SULFITE FIXATION EXPERIMENTS ON FILTERED  WEIR BOTTOM
                         LIMESTONE SLURRY LIQUOR
  Treatment
   Purpose
Resulting pH
Observations
 1:10 v/v 8-hydroxy
quinoline solution
1:10 v/v glycerin
1:10 v/v glycerin
plus 1:5 v/v
formaldehyde solu-
tion (37% w/w)
To complex metals
and inhibit cata-
lytic reactions.
To retard sulfite
oxidation
To retard sulfite
oxidation and form
stable aldehyde-
bisulfite complex
     6.05       Copious yellow
                precipitate
     6.22       Clear liquid

     9.11       Clear liquid
 to obtaining liquid and solid samples from the scrubber unit, samples were
 also obtained at both the make up water and starting limestone, as well as
 55 gallons of spent scrubber slurry which was used in the evaluation and
 development of candidate separation techniques.
                                    -17-

-------
                             ZURN
                         ENGINEERING
                           SCRUBBER
00
i
               SAMPLE PORTS
                (SEE NOTE)


           3-WAY VALVES
           1/4" BALL VALVE
           WHITEY S.S.

NOTES
SAMPLING PORTS IDENTIFIED:
  1. SPENT OUTLET
  2. INLET
  3. WEIR
 4. HOPPER
                                                                   INERT FLUSHING LIQUID
                                                                     OR N2 PURGE GAS
                                                                                          ro
                                                                                          i
                                                                                          50
                                                                                          O
                                                                                          I
                                                                                          O
                                                                                          O
                                                         WASH
FILTER
SAMPLE
                                           BY-PASS AND
                                           UNFILTERED
                                             SAMPLE

*J
4

A
^
SAMPLE
                                                                                    G)VACUUM
                                                                                         PUMP
                                             IN-LINE
                                           ACROFLOW
                                             FILTER
                                                               BOTTLE
                               Figure 1.  Sampling System for Zurn Wet Scrubber

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO
     These studies demonstrated that rapid  filter separation  of  the  slurry
can be accomplished under anaerobic conditions  in short  periods  of time  and
laid the foundation for the recommended sampling/filtration procedure  for
continuous sampling (See Section 3.1).
2.3.3  inspection of the Wet Limestone  Scrubbing  Operation of the Kansas
       Power and Light Company
     On February 10, 1971, the limestone scrubbing process unit  at the
Kansas Power and Light Company (KPL) was inspected by E.  A. Burns.   Dis-
cussions with Lee Brunton of KPL revealed this  unit consists  of  marble bed
scrubber of the effluent from the 115 megawatt  coal fed  (3.5% sulfur)  com-
bustion unit.  In this unit limestone is injected dry into the combustor
and the effluent particulate consists of 1.5% w/w going  into  the effluent
pond of which half of that (0.75% w/w)  consists of fly ash from  the  coal.
Combustion Engineering, Windsor, Connecticut, is  responsible  for the sam-
pling of this unit and grabs control samples at both the marble  bed  and
the effluent pond.  At one time they had experienced a serious calcium sul-
fate/sulfite scaling problem but this no longer is occurring; this problem
was attributed to operational conditions at a relatively high pH (7.5-8.0).
When the unit is operated in a recycle  mode they  have demonstrated 85% sul-
fur dioxide removal compared to a 60-70% removal  without recycling.   After
discussions by phone with Jim Martin (Combustion  Engineering), authoriza-
tion was given to TRW to obtain samples of 1) the scrubber effluent  going
into the pond, and 2) the make-up water (that coming out of  the  pond after
many days of settling).  These samples  were returned to  TRW  for  character-
ization.
2.4  INSTRUMENTAL METHODOLOGY FOR CATIONS AND ELEMENTS
     The list of elements in solution presented in Table I  is of signifi-
cance for determining the required process mass balance about a 20%  sulfur
closure.  However, laboratory analysis  of numerous other elements will un-
doubtedly be required in the forthcoming demonstration tests.  The origin
of these species are in the trace component variations in the coal,  scrub-
bing agent and make-up water while the  importance of their  determination
lies in understanding catalytic reactions or other spurious  side effects.
Table V delineates the elements of concern in their probable ion or compound
forms.
                                   -19-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
                                 TABLE V
       POSSIBLE LIMESTONE/DOLOMITE SLURRY COMPONENT  DISTRIBUTION3
Major Components
Liquid Phase Solid Phase
Ca2+ CaO
Mg2+ MgO
HSO ' Ca(OH)9
0 ^.
SO/' Mg(OH)2
H9CO, CaSO,
c. 
-------
                                                         17551-6012-RO-OO
2.4.1  Laboratory X-Ray Spectroscopic Methodology
     The X-Ray fluorescence (XRF)  technique for quantitative laboratory
analysis of elemental  distribution, notably total  sulfur, calcium, magne-
sium, as well  as other metals,  in  slurry liquor and solids was  evaluated
primarily as an adjunct to process instrumentation development.  The results
of this study have, in addition, definitely identified XRF as one of the two
recommended techniques for laboratory instrumental analysis.  A concise  re-
view and recommendation cf dispersive and non-dispersive X-Ray equipment is
presented in Appendix  D.  Because  of the emphasis  on process instrumentation
only those companies offering units amenable to process control were included
in this effort.  Consequently,  the findings are not all inclusive for labora-
tory instruments because there  are several  other instrument manufacturers
that may offer acceptable instruments.
     The evaluation and development of the technique was accomplished through
a review of pertinent  literature,  in-house experimentation, vendor contacts
and experimental evaluation at  vendor laboratories.
2.4.1.1  XRF Applications in Literature - Results  of typical laboratory  X-Ray
analysis of limestone  are listed in Table VI showing that excellent precision
can be achieved with this instrumental technique.
                                 TABLE VI
             XRF ANALYTICAL DATA FOR LIMESTONE (REFERENCE 5)
Element
Ca
A12°3
Si02
Fe203
MgO
Ko Energy
kev
3.69
1.49
1.74
6.4
1.25
Range
% w/w
35-52
0.5-3
0.5-30
0.5-1.5
1-6
Cone. Found
% w/w
41.2
2.0
10.8
0.95
1.8
Avg. Dev.*
% w/w
0.36
0.06
0.26
0.01
0.08
Precision
% w/w
+0.055
±0.057
+0.15
+0.003
+0.08
 *Average Duplicate Analysis - ARL VPXQ
     Comparison of X-ray fluorescence to standard wet chemical methods have
been reported by Fabbi (Reference 6) (Table VII)  for the single most im-
portant element that must be determined in the slurry solids - sulfur.  Much
additional statistical data are available  that  indicates  the  adequacy of  the
techniques in terms of sensitivity, accuracy and precision for sulfur and the
other cations and metals of interest (Ca, Mg, Fe, Mn, V, Co, etc.).
                                     -21-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
                               TABLE VII
             COMPARISON OF XRF AND CHEMICAL VALUES FOR TOTAL
              SULFUR  IN STANDARDS AND MINERALIZED SAMPLES
No. Rock Type
Sulfur (% w/w) '
Total
Sulfur
by XRF
1 Tuff or ash 0.01
Total
Sulfur by
Na2C03
Fusion
0.00
> i
2 Diabase j 0.20
3 Tuff
4 Crush rocks adit
5 Altered quartz
6 Sulfidic phyllite
7 Sulfidic phyllite
8 Altered augite
biotite monzonite
9 Augite biotite
monzonite
10 Hybrid aplite
11 Hybrid pyroxenite
12 Hybrid aplite
13 Hybrid monzonite
14 Hybrid monzonite
15 Hybrid aplite
16 Hybrid aplite
1.03
1.97
2.42
3.35
4.97
1.62
0.07
1.06
0.11
0.79
0.64
0.08
0.42
1.10
17 Hybrid pyroxenite ; 0.18
0.19
1.16
1.85
2.52
3.10
4.97
• • *
• • •
• • •
• • •

• • •
• • •
• • •
• • •
* * •
Sulfur by
Aqua Regia
Solution15
• » •

• • •

• • •
• • •
• • •
• • t
1.60
0.07
1.00
0.10
0.80
0.64
0.16
0.44
1.20
0.16
 aAnalyses by conventional gravimetric methods.  U.S. Geological Survey
 Analytical Laboratories under the direction of L.C. Peck
 bAnalyses by rapid methods.  U.S. Geological Survey, Analytical
 Laboratories under the direction of L. Shapiro
2.4.1.2  XRF Analysis  of Simulated  and  Field Samples -  Prior to and  concur-
rently with  experimentation  at  vendor application  laboratories  (discussed  be-
low), numerous  samples of simulated and actual  field samples of starting
limestone, fly  ash,  scrubber liquor, and scrubber solids were analyzed by XRF
to demonstrate  the applicability, accuracy  and  cost  effectiveness  of this
technique.  The instrument utilized at  TRW  for  all in-house analyses was a
                                     -22-

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO

General Electric Model  XRD-5 spectrometer.   Samples  were  received directly
fron J. Barkley of TVA and consisted of simulated liquids and  solids.   Actual
field samples of trapped solids from the Duke Power  Company  were  submitted
through R. M. Statnick, OAP Project Officer.   Descriptions of  samples,  the
analytical procedure and a discussion of results  are presented in Appendix  D.
     It is noteworthy that the XRF analysis of several  of the  proposed  speci-
mens detected some errors in the assumed composition.   In the  case of cal-
cium taken in solid samples identified as No. 1,  No. 2  and No. 3, the cal-
cium present in the added fly ash was not taken into consideration.  Correc-
tion for the 8.51% calcium in the ash as determined  by  XRF gave relative er-
ros of 1.5, 1.0 and 0.5% for calcium contents which  ranged from 16% to  30%
w/w.  The value of the XRF technique was further exemplified when a discrep-
ancy in the reported sulfur value taken versus that  found was  elucidated by
interpretation of the XRF data.  In essence, the analytical  data were suffi-
ciently precise and consistent to permit identification of the use of an an-
hydrous sulfate salt as opposed to a dihydrate salt  as  reported for sample
preparation.  Based on this postulation, relative errors  for total sulfur were
computed to be 6.6% (0.4% absolute), 1.6% and 0.
2.4.1.3  X-Ray Equipment Vendor Contacts - Literature on  laboratory and pro-
cess X-ray analysis equipment was requested from the following list of  ven-
dors:
     ARL            Philips
     Siemens        JEOL Inc.
     G. E.          Picker
     Information was received from each, however, only ARL and G.E. offered
on-line process equipment.  Consequently, within the constraints described
previously, only their units have been evaluated in detail.
     In the  course of acquisition of information on available instruments,
an  alternative approach was identified which is capable of monitoring sulfur
content and other elements in the wet scrubber operation.  This  alternative
involves non-dispersive X-ray spectroscopy and utilizes  radiation from  radio-
active sources (Fe, Cd, Am) as the primary source of excitation.
                                      -23-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO



     The following seven firms sell  these instruments:

     Canberra Industries, 45 Gracey  Avenue,  Meriden,  Conn.

     KEVEX Corporation, 898 Mahla Road,  Burlingame,  Calif.

     Nuclear Equipment Co., 931 Terminal  Way,  San Carlos,  Calif.

     Nuclear Diodes, P. 0.  Box 135,  Praire View,  111.

     ORTEC, 101  Midland Road, Oak Ridge,  Tenn.

     Panametrics, 221 Crescent St.,  Waltham, Mass.
     Princeton-Gamma-Tech,  Box 641,  Princeton,  N.J.

Of these, KEVEX  and Nuclear Instruments were contacted  for information  on

performance of their respective instruments.  Several major points  should

be made:

       •    Sulfur can be detected with  the  isotope-activated  non-
            dispersive systems.  KEVEX personnel  have demonstrated
            that 0.02% S in steel  can be  detected.   Those  experi-
            ments were admittedly performed  under special  condi-
            tions and it seems reasonable to expect  useful  analysis
            at Q.2% sulfur  level  under less  than  optimal conditions.
            Nuclear Equipment Company has used  their standard  system
            to determine that certain solid  samples  from the New
            York Air Pollution Control District contained  0.15T^
            sulfur.

       •    A number of the units  require liquid  air  refrigeration
            and  cannot be allowed  to warm up to room  temperature.
            The  samples need not  be  cooled.

       t    The  units utilize 25-100 mC of radioactive material
            (Fe55,  Cd108, Am21tl) and require a  license from  the
            Atomic  Energy Commission.  The radioactive material
            does  not mix  with the  slurry  stream.

       •    The  KEVEX Corporation  instrument has  an automated  sam-
            ple  handling  capability.

       •    Elements other  than sulfur can be detected and  in  the
            ideal  case, the lowest atomic number  element that  can
            be detected is  #11  (sodium).   For on-line slurry situ-
            ations, sulfur  may be  the lowest atomic number detected.

       •    The  energy selectivity of the non-dispersive system is
            an order of magnitude  poorer  than for other X-ray  fluor-
            escence techniques  and could  be  a source of trouble in
            very  complex  samples that would  offer no trouble to an
            ARL-type unit.

       t    The  approximate costs  of the  non-dispersive units  are
            from  $14K to  $28K depending on the  type of data  re-
            trievable that  is necessary.

                                    -24-

-------
                                                         17551-6012-RO-OO
     As a consequence of these findings,  additional  consideration was  given
to the isotope activated non-dispersive X-ray  spectrometer technique for
monitoring of wet scrubber slurries.
2.4.1.4  Experimental Evaluation at Vendor Application  Laboratories -  For
the purpose of evaluating instrumentation at the  two selected  vendor appli-
cation laboratories, i.e., ARL and KEVEX, samples were  prepared  using  pul-
verized fresh and spent scrubber solids as matrices  together with  known
quantities of calcium sulfate and iron which were homogeneously  cast into
plastic resins which are substantially transparent to X-rays.  Thus the
particulate samples were frozen in solids at concentrations which  are  likely
to be found in 1) dynamic scrubber samples of  high and  low concentrations
or in 2) static samples which contain relatively  low residual  water content.
The sample specimens consisted of a 1.25-inch  diameter  cylinder  having a
0.125-inch thickness.  The simulated slurry samples  had the composition
identified in Table VIII, which were prepared  in  either epoxy  resin  (in the
case of the low solid concentration)  or polyvinyl alcohol  (in  the  case of
the 99% solids loading).
     At the Applied Research Laboratories at Sunland, California,  the  14
listed samples were analyzed on an ARL X-ray Quantometer 7200.  Although
this instrument is a laboratory unit and only  accomodates  batch  samples,  it
contains the same basic X-ray fluorescent spectrometer  as  the  process  unit
(Model PCXQ) and, therefore, it served the dual  purpose of evaluating  both
types of equipment.
     A more complete description of the visit  to  the ARL Application  Laboratory
with a discussion of limits of detection, repeatibility, matrix  effects,
quantitative analysis, particle size effects and  liquid cell signal  attenu-
ation is presented in Section 3.2, Continuous  On-line X-ray Fluorescence
Methods for Cations and Elements.  The complete technical  and economic evalu-
ation of this instrument compared to G.E. and  KEVEX instruments  is presented
in Appendix D.  The ARL laboratory instrument  was found to meet or exceed
technical requirements of:
     •    Sensitivity - >0.1% for Ca, Mg, S and other elements
          of interest
     %    Precision - >Z% of measured value

                                      -25-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
                               TABLE VIII

              XRF  STANDARD  SAMPLES  FOR  INSTRUMENT EVALUATION
TRW
Sample
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
on
012
013
014
^^••^•i
Material
CaC03
CaC03 +7.9% CaS04
CaC03 + 14.6% CaS04
Limestone
Limestone +7.9% CaS04
Limestone + 14.6% CaS04
CaC03 +7.7% CaS04 + 0.9% Fe
Limestone/TVA-Flyash
Limestone/Zurn-Flyash
TVA-Flyash + 98% Epoxy
TVA-Flyash +91% Epoxy
Zurn-Flyash 98.5% Epoxy
Zurn-Flyash +91% Epoxy
CaCO, +7.2% CaSO, +7.2%
Na,SO.j *
Form
Dry
Dry
Dry
Dry
Dry
Dry
Dry
Dry
Dry
Dry
Dry
Dry
Dry
Dry
Purpose or
Function
Standard for
background
Determine de-
tectabillty
limit for
sulfur
Determine de-
tect ability
limit for
sulfur
Standard for
background
Detectability
limit
Detectability
limit
Determine
interference
Determine
S/Ca ratio
Determine
S/Ca ratio
Effects of
dilution
Effects of
dilution
Effects of
dilution
Effects of
dilution
SO* - S04=
resolution
^^^^^^^•••M
Sulfur
Content (% w/w)
1.85 calculateda
3.44 calculated
0.05 nominal
wet chemical
1 .87 calculated
3.44 calculated
1.81 calculated
1 .765 wet
chemical
0.045 wet
chemical
-
-
-
-
3.43 calculated
•^••^••^^^^^^
aThe calculated sulfur percent values are based on the known stoichlometric
 ratios in CaC03, CaS04, and Na2S03-
                                   -26-

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO


Utilizing the XRF technique and an  ARL  lab  unit  it  is  estimated  that  approx-
imately 1000 elemental  analyses can be  performed in an eight-hour  shift by
a single technician at  a cost of ^$0.96/element. These specification time
and cost factors are far superior to any other technique with  the  possible
exception of the atomic absorption  technique for liquids.
2.4.2  Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometric Methodology
     Laboratory experiments were performed to evaluate and develop accepta-
ble atomic absorption procedures (AA) for the rapid determination  of  calcium
and magnesium primarily, but also other elements of concern such as sodium,
potassium, iron, manganese, titanium, etc., in the  scrubber slurry.  The  in-
vestigation was limited in scope to studies of the  applicability for  analy-
sis of clarified or filtered slurry liquor exclusively.  However,  dissolution
of solids with appropriate dilution is  standard AA  technique that requires
more time in sample preparation but it can be equally applicable to the slurry
solids for quantitative analysis in the absence of  the recommended XRF capa-
bility.
     Analyses were conducted utilizing a Perkin-Elmer Model 290 Atomic
Absorption Spectrophotometer.  It should be pointed out that significant
instrumentation advancements have been made recently to yield much higher
sensitivities, and more versatile units with multiple lamp turrets for more
rapid element change over and to capability for simultaneous atomic absorp-
tion/atomic emission.
     Of primary concern were 1) pH effects, 2)  optimum fuel and oxidizer,
and 3) effects of established methods of interference inhibition.   The re-
sults of this study are delineated in Table IX.  These findings show that
calcium, in a solution made from saturated filtered limestone solution which
has then been treated with a small amount of H^SO.,  and finally adjusted with
H SO* to pH 4 to 7, is stable in the burner flame.
     Best results were obtained by using a lanthanum  inhibitor and acetylene/
N?0 flame.  At pH 2, absorption decreases to an unreliable reading even when
the inhibitor is used.  The literature  indicates that  this effect  is produced
not by the  increased acidity as such, but by a  change  in  the viscosity and
surface tension of the solution.  This, in turn, produces  a decrease in
atomizer efficiency resulting  in inaccurate response.

                                     -27-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO
                                  TABLE IX

     EFFECT OF FLAME OXIDIZER, pH AND INHIBITOR ON ATOMIC ABSORPTION
             DETERMINATION OF CALCIUM IN LIMESTONE SOLUTIONS3
Solution
PH
9.5
7
6
4
2
Acetylene/Air Flame
With Inhibitor
Calcium Found
% w/w
0.01
0.02
0.021
0.02
—
Acetylene/N20 Flame
with Inhibitor Without Inhibitor
Calcium Found Calcium Found
% w/w % w/w
0.02
0.026
0.026
0.026
0.011
0.01
...
0.026
___
0.0006
   Analytical  calcium concentration  taken  =  0.026  % w/w

     Typical suspect constituents present  in filtered slurry samples  obtained
from the operational limestone wet scrubber  units  described  above,  were  ana-
lyzed by atomic absorption spectrometry.   The results of these  tests  are re-
ported in Table X.
                                 TABLE  X
          ATOMIC ABSORPTION ANALYSIS OF SELECTED SAMPLES OBTAINED
               FROM OPERATIONAL LIMESTONE  WET SCRUBBER UNITS
Element

Magnesium
Calcium
Sodium
Potassium
Copper
Mercury
Iron
Nickel
Chromium
Manganese
Aluminum
Titanium
Zurn
Feed
Slurry
Liquor
ppm
4000
435
10800
420
0.35
<4.0
<0.1
<0.2
<0.05
0.02*
<1.6
<5.0
Zurn
Spent
Slurry
Liquor
ppm
2700
1088
6800
420
0.10
<4.0
<0.1
<0.2
<0.05
0.16
<1.6
<5.0
KPL
Spent
Slurry
to
Clarlfier
ppm
<0.01
1360
1500
20
<0.05
<4.0
<0.1
<0.2
<0.05
<0.02*
<1.6
<5.0

Make-up
Liquor
from
Clarifier
ppm
0.4
340
1200
8.2
<0.05
<4.0
<0.1
<0.2
<0.05
<0.02
<1.6
<5.0
MMB^M^^^_i
 1  div ^ limit of detection of instrument utilized
                                     -28-

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO
    For the purposes of further evaluating the  AA  technique  (as  well  as  the
other candidate methods presented in  subsequent sections  of  this report),  a
simulated, static liquid slurry was prepared  from  reagent chemicals  and  de-
ionized water.   The added quantities  of anions  and cations are  delineated
below together with found concentrations in solutions.
Constituent
Ca2+
Mg2+
Fe3+
Cu
Mn2+
A13+
Fe2+
Added
(ppm)
1000
1040
25.0
1.1
1.2
5.2
25.2
Found
480 C\2mM]
1040 (43mM)
£0.1
<0.05
1.2
<1.6
<0. 1
Constituent
K+
Na+
NT2+
so42-
N03~
Cl"
co32-
Added
450
200
1.0
6400
570
60
500
Found
450 (11 .5mW)
200 (8.7mW)
0.1
5828 (61mM)
570 (9.2mW)
60 (1.7mA/)
315 (5.2mW)
All found cation values were determined utilizing the P-E Model  290 AA unit.
Excellent correlation was found for the more soluble species Mg, Mn, K and
Na, adding further credance to the arguments in favor of the AA technique
over other proposed techniques, especially the manual EDTA titration methods.
The anion determinations were performed by the standard methods described in
Sections 2.6 - 2.8.  The apparent mass balance discrepancies can be ex-
plained by partial precipitation of some of the species by carbonate, sul-
fate and hydroxide species.  Although no single AA instrument can be recom-
mended for this application, the following candidate companies are suggested
as a minimum list for consideration.
     Bausch & Lomb
     Beckman
     Corning
Instrument Laboratories
Varian
Jarre! Ash
Perkin-Elmer
Spectra Metrics
Technicon
2.5  SPECTROPHOTOMETRIC ANALYSIS OF SULFITE AND BISULFITE
     Sulfite ion or the S(IV) species in solution was identified early  in the
program  as one of the major species to be determined in  1) assessing process
efficiency and optimization and 2) the performance of a  mass  balance about
                                   -29-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO


 sulfur.  In several wet scrubbing processes the ratio of sulfite to sulfate
 is critical to the economics of the process in terms of reagent regeneration
 or ultimate product synthesis for scrubbing process credit.
     During the  review of candidate laboratory analytical methods for the
 determination of dissolved sulfur dioxide as HS03" and S03~, it was deter-
 mined that no satisfactory instrumental methods existed for 1)  determining
 the anticipated concentrations (Table I) in the limestone slurry mixtures,
 or 2) met the general  criteria of speed, accuracy, automatability, adapta-
 bility to routine operation by semi-skilled operators and use of relatively
 low cost equipment.  One other important aspect in considering  candidate
 methods was the likelihood of successful development and implementation of
 the method by January 1972.
     Experimental or theoretical  evaluation  studies of several spectro-
 photometric methods including methods based on direct sulfite absorbance,
 pararosaniline, fast blue salt, fuchsin-aldehyde, 5-aminofluoroescein and
 furfural.  As a result of this evaluation the furfural method was deemed to
 offer the best potential  for meeting the above criteria and indeed, a new
 method based on bisulfite bleaching of the furfural UV absorption was de-
 veloped.  This method is  based on the chemical reactions in Equations 1  - 4
 and depends on the bleaching of the 276 nM absorption of furfural by reac-
 tion with bisulfite.
           HS03" * C4H3OCHOHS03~                                   (1)

C4H3OCHOHS03H t C4H3OCHOHS03" + H+                                 (2)

                3
             H+ + HS0"                                                 (3)
     HS03" j H+ + S03=                                                  (4)

The absorbance, A, at 276 nM is directly related only to the amount of fur-
fural in solution when the pH of the media is maintained around 4.0 in ac-
cordance with the Lamber-Beer-Bouguer Law.
     A = abcF                                                           (5)
     where a = molar absorptivity of furfural, liters/mol-cm
           b = optical path length, cm
           Cr = concentration of uncombined furfural, M

                                     -30-

-------
                                                       17551 -601 2-RO-OO
The equation of the bleaching  reaction  (Equation  1)  is governed by the
formation constant, K
         CF[HS03']
                                                                        (6)
     where c. = concentration of furfural -sulfite  adduct,  M
              = co -
[HSCL~] =  concentration  of  uncombined bisulfite
                                                           M
          c  = analytical  concentration of bisulfite  taken,  M
Combining Equations 5 and  6 results  in a relationship of absorbance  and  bi-
sulfite ion as shown in Equation 7.

     \  -            "
Consequently, the function of I/A is linearly proportional  to the free bi-
sulfite concentration; also, the formation constant can be  calculated from
the ratio of the slope to intercept of the straight line relationship.  It
is interesting to note that this method was first developed for the deter-
mination of furfural and prior to this study has not been used for the de-
termination of bisulfite (Reference 7).   The reason for this is because in
most situations colorimetric procedures are used for determining low concen-
trations of chemical species but in the limestone scrubber case the concen-
tration of bisulfite (1-150 mM) is too large for trace analysis methods
(without massive dilution) and not readily adaptable to common macro titri-
metric procedures (without using large volumes and dilute titrants).
     Detailed studies of the effect of pH, diverse ions, temperature and
time to constant color development are described below.  The effort has
culminated in a rapid, simple instrumental method which can utilize a single
reagent condition consisting of furfural, phosphate buffer and sulfamic
acid (to remove trace concentrations of nitrite interference).  The repro-
ducibility of the method has been determined to be better than 2% relative
or 0.2 mM absolute whichever is higher.  The formalized procedure in  a for-
mat geared to chemical technician implementation is presented  in Appendix E.
                                    -31-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO
 2.5.1   Effect  of  pH
     As  the  furfural bleaching was reported to be a direct function of com-
 plexatlon by the  bisulfite  1on (Equation 1 above), 1t was necessary to max-
 imize  the bisulfite concentration through pH control and determine the effect
 of  varying pH  on  the reaction equilibria.  The relative concentrations of
 sulfur (IV)  species, i.e.,  undissolved sulfurous acid, bisulfite ion and
 sulfite  ion, as a function  of pH are shown in Figure 2.  Based on the bi-
 sulfite  curve, it was originally postulated that pH control in the region of
 approximately  pH 3.5 to 5.0 would be useful for analytical purposes.  The
 actual optimum pH range was determined experimentally and is described below.
                                        pH

            Figure 2.   Sulfur IV Species as a Function of pH
     Two principal buffer systems were evaluated, i.e., acetate-acetic acid
and phosphate-phosphoric acid.  Prior to determining the effect of pH on
sulfite determination, the effect of pH on the absorbance of neat furfural
(baseline) was investigated.   The results  of these tests are shown in Table XI

                                     -32-

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO
                                TABLE  XI
          pH DEPENDENCE  OF  FURFURAL ABSORPTION SPECTRUM AT 276
pH
7.88
6.94
6.52
6.40
4.24
4.24
3.70
3.51
2.80
Absorbance
0.777
0.775
0.772
0.768
0.760
0.760
0.758
0.767
0.772
Buffer System
-
-
-
-
Phosphate-Acetate
Phosphate
Phosphate
Phosphate
Phosphate
        Concentration of furfural  =  50.7  uM
It is interesting to note that an apparent minima occurs  in the absorbance
of furfural  in the 3.7 - 4.3 pH range.   Although  the differences ar'e  small,
the monotonic nature of the curve lends  credence  to the belief that the
effect is real.  As a consequence,  it appeared desirable  from both the sta-
bility of the furfural absorption and the  major effect on ensuring the
maximum bisulfite  S(IV) form to definitize further the optimum pH range
for the furfural bleaching method.
        Utilizing reagent grade sodium bisulfite  in an unbuffered system,
absorbance versus concentration of S(IV) gave the data in Table XII.   The
least squares plot for these data gave
        I/A = 2.359C + 1.349                                            (8)
        Where C = analytical concentration of bisulfite millimolar
        The values listed for bisulfite found were obtained by Equation 8.
Linearity deteriorated appreciably for bisulfite concentrations greater
than 2.25 mM. The sulfite concentration range of interest (Table I)  was
identified from equilibrium calculations to be 1 to 150 mM.  Consequently,
it will be necessary to dilute the scrubber liquor to a point in which the
bisulfite content does not exceed 2.25 mM to obtain reliable results.
                                     -33-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO
                                TABLE XII
     DETERMINATION OF BISULFITE BY FURFURAL BLEACHING IN UNBUFFERED MEDIA
Bisulfite"
Taken
mM
0.000
0.106
0.211
0.317
0.422
0.528
0.845
1.06
1.12
2.11
2.25
•M^HMMM
Final
pH
6.94
5.25
4.70
4.40
4.30
4.12
3.96
3.93
3.80
3.60
3.3
IMBH^HH
Absorbance (A)
0.776
0.643
0.541
0.478
0.427
0.383
0.295
0.257
0.245
0.163
0.148
I/A
1.228
1.555
1.848
2.09
2.34
2.61
3.39
3.89
4.08
6.13
6.75
Bisulfite
Found
mM
-0.023
0.090
0.214
0.316
0.422
0.536
0.866
1.08
1.16
2.03
2.29
Deviation
mM
-0.023
-0.010
+0.003
-0.001
0.000
+0.008
+0.021
+0.020
+0.040
-0.080
+0.040
 Solutions prepared by dilution of stock sodium bisulfite solutions
  (acidified to give pH =3.1)
  The analytical concentration of furfural in the final  solution was
  50.7 MM
        The results of analysis of standard sodium bisulfite solution using
the sodium acetate/acetic acid buffer system are tabulated in Table XIII.
As can be seen, excellent precision was obtained in the 3.6 to 3.9 pH range
The sodium dihydrogen orthophosphate/phosphorlc acid buffer permitted ex-
tension of the furfural-bisulfite method Into the pH 4 region, thus, to-
gether with the acetate system, allowing pH control through the theoreti-
cally useful  range of the technique.
        The determination of bisulfite by furfural  bleaching in the phos-
phate buffer system was performed at two pH regions, 3.6 and 4.4 with the
combined results listed in Table XIV.   The furfural concentration in these
experiments was 50.1 vM and the bisulfite content was varied between 0.2
and 2.3 mM.  The relationship between  absorbance and bisulfite content for
this data is  given by the following expression which is  an average of the
two sets of constant pH data:
        I/A = 2.522C + 1.329                                           /9)
The significant differences between Equations 8 and 9 clearly point out the
need for measurement in a buffered (constant pH) media.
                                   -34-

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO
                                TABLE  XIII
            DETERMINATION OF  SULFUR (IV)  BY  FURFURAL  BLEACHING
Sulfur (IV)
Taken3
mM
0.000
0.101
0.202
0.306
0.407
0.509
0.814
1.020
P«b
3.9
3.9
3.8
3.7
3.7
3.6
3.6
3.6
Absorbance (A)c
at 276 nM
0.760
0.643
0.559
0.483
0.437
0.388
0.303
0.264
I/A
1.315
1.555
1.789
2.07
2.29
2.58
3.30
3.79
Sulfur (IV)
Found
mM
0.001
0.100
0.196
0.311
0.401
0.520
0.815
1.016
Deviation
mM
+ .001
-.001
-.006
+ .005
-.006
+ .011
+ .001
-.004
aAdded from stock sodium sulfite solutions, concentrations listed are
 those of diluted analyzed solutions.
bA sodium acetate - acetic acid buffer was utilized for pH control.
cThe analytical concentration of furfural  in final  solution analyzed
 was 50.7 \iM
where C is the concentration of bisulfite  (mM), the intercept is 1.329
(similar to that obtained for the acetate  buffered system) and the slope
is 2.522.  The slope for the acetate buffered system was 2.439.  This equa-
tion was used to calculate the values for bisulfite found in the table.  The
effect of pH <3.6 and pH ^4.4 can be evaluated by treating the data as two
separate sets of data as shown in Table XIV.  The least squares equations
and the errors about the equations are listed.  At pH ^3.6,
        I/A = 2.527C + 1.346                                           (10)
while at pH ^4.4,
        I/A = 2.513C + 1.305                                           (11)
The significance of the difference between  these equations  and  the  equation
(9) derived from the composite data has been evaluated  by statistical  treat-
ment  of the errors.  The  significance  of  the differences  was  tested by com-
parison of the variance ratio  (or F test)  of the pooled variance of the  two
equations with the  variance  of the composite equation.
                                      -35-

-------
Bisulfite Taken
    . [mtf]

     0.000
     0.227
     0.511
     0.511
     1.520
     1.520
     0.000
     0.194
     0.437
     1.500
     2.230
                            TABLE  XIV

EVALUATION OF PH EFFECT IN DETERMINATION OF S(IV) IN PHOSPHATE BUFFER


    JDH

    3.5
    3.5
    3.5
    3.7
    3.5
    3.7
   4.2
   4.3
   4.3
   4.5
   4.6
Absorbance(A)
at 276nM
0.763
0.529
0.379
0.377
0.190
0.190
I/A = 2.




I/A
1.311
1.890
2.634
2.653
5.263
5.263
527C + 1.346(+0
Variation for

0.760
0.557
0.421
0.196
0.145
I/A = 2.
for





51 3C +
Variation for

Standard
for
intercept
slope
1.316
1.795
2.375
5.102
6.897
1.305(+0
intercept
slope
deviation
Bisulfite
Found FmA/1




0.014
0.215
0.512
0.517
1.550
1.550
Deviation
[mAfl
+0.014
-0.012
+0.001
+0.
+0.
+0.
006
030
030
Relative
Error(%)
1.4
5.3
0.?
1.
2.
2.
2
0
0
.00476)
= 0
= 0





.00166
.00112
0.004
0.195
0.425
1.511
2.225


+0.
+0.
-0.
+0.
-0.


004
001
012
on
005


0.
0.
2.
0.
0.


4
5
7
7
2
.000604)
- 0.
= 0.
= 0.
000245
000165
0246





^•^•^H


^m^mmm


^^^



(10)







(11)


^^^^•^•B
                                                                                                             01
                                                                                                             01
ro
i
§
o
o

-------
                                                        17551-6012-RO-OO
        The variances for the individual  and pooled data are as  follows:
        at pH 3.6:     S2   = .00476 9 5  d.f.
                         xy

        at pH 4.4:     S2x_y = .000604 @  3 d.f.

                       S2  • <5 x -00476) t (3 x .000604) ,          8
                         P                o

        For all data, the variance is:
                       S2 = 0.00345 @ 10  d.f.
Thus, the ratio gives:
                       .00345
               h8,10 ~ .0032   = k08
which is not significant at the 99% confidence level.
        Using the two buffer systems (acetate and phosphate) and combina-
tions, where necessary, an experimental curve of bisulfite concentration
versus pH was obtained.  For each point on the curves, the solutions con-
taining l.OmM and Q.SmM bisulfite and 5 x 10" M furfural were adjusted to
the desired pH with the appropriate buffer and the furfural absorption
(A) measured at 276 my.  Because the term I/A is directly proportional to
bisulfite concentration, the shape of the I/A vs. pH curve (Figure 3)  pro-
vides a measure of the useful pH range (at maximum I/A), as well as the
effect of small pH variations on bisulfite determination in this range.
        The experimental curve for the 1  mM concentration of HS03" com-
pares favorably with a theoretical  best fit curve generated by computer
for the idealized quadratic equation:
                       2
        y = a + bx - cx                                                (12)
        Examination of the curve and experimental and  computed I/A values
together with the relative error, listed  in Table XV,  indicates  excellent
agreement with the theoretical curve (Figure 3).  Assuming a maximum ex-
perimental relative error of +3% in the pH region of maximum bisulfite con-
centration, the usable analytical pH range extends from 3.5 to 4.5.  One
can infer from Figure 3 that the method may be applicable to the determina-
tion of HS03  in HS03" - S03~ mixtures, however, the accuracy of the mea-
surement at low HS03" concentration plus  the apparent pH dependency of molar
absorptivity preclude the use of the method for this determination.
                                   -37-

-------
CO
                                                                                                                       Ul
                                                                                                                       Ul

                                                                                                                       I
                                                                                                                       cr>
                                                                                                                       o
                                                                                                                       i

                                                                                                                       §

                                                                                                                       o
                                                                                                                       o
                   Figure 3.  Bisulfite-Furfural Absorption  as  a  Function of pH

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO
                                TABLE XV
             EXPERIMENTAL AND COMPUTED pH VERSUS 1/A(HS(K~)

1
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
5
6
EH
.66
.52
.35
.53
.73
.80
.00
.25
.34
.40
.40
.50
.85

1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
I/A
.0740
.3536
.9378
.9483
.9768
.9088
.9429
.9151
.8701
.9018
.9880
.3704
.0604
I/A,, Deviation in I/A
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0
v
.2189
.2171
.7893
.8627
.9231
.9389
.9692
.9757
.9694
.9628
.9628
.4853
.9771
+0
-0
-0
-0
-0
+0
+0
+0
+0
+0
-0
+0
-0
.1449
.1365
.1485
.0856
.0537
.0301
.0263
.0606
.0993
.0610
.0252
.1149
.0833
Relative Error, %
13.5
5.8
5.1
2.9
1.8
1.0J
0.91
2.1
3.4
2.1
0.8
4.8
7.8



I
=
f «/>
fD
C
^ •"
-$
0>
3
rt>




          y = a + bx - cx
          y = -1.874 + 2.326 x -0.2788 x2

2.5.2  Effect of Diverse Ions and Total  Ionic Strength
     The effect of diverse ions expected to be present in the wet scrubber
filtered liquors on the bisulfite-furfural bleaching method was investi-
gated.  The results of these screening studies are shown in Table XVI at
relatively high additive concentrations.
     Threshold interference level of that concentration of species causing
an absorbance deviation greater than 3% relative from an identical sample
without the interferent was used to define a positive interference.
Calcium, magnesium, sodium, nickel, copper and manganese ions were deter-
mined to be non-interfering at concentrations expected 1n the wet scrubber
media.  The following threshold values were determined experimentally for
Fe"1"1"*", Fe++ and N02":
                                     -39-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO
                                        Interference Level.

                                            0.001 - 0.01

                                              >0.01

                                              >0.01
             Concentration in the final  diluted analytical  sample
             where the S(IV)  concentration is optimally on  the
             order of 1  mM,  the furfural  concentration is 0.1  mM
             and  pH is adjusted to 4.0 with  phosphate buffer.
                                TABLE  XVI

      INTERFERENCE SCREENING TESTS FOR BISULFITE-FURFURAL BLEACHING3
Bisulfite Additive
Concentration
mM Compound
0.00

0.00 CaS04
0.00 MgS04
0.00 NaCl
0.00 Fe(N03)3
0.00 NaN02
0.528 |
0.528 CaS04
0.528 MgS04
0.528 i NaCl
i
0.528 j Fe(NO,),
1 -00
0.528 j NaN02
Concentration
mM
_
Absorbance
0.755
1
0.0367
10.20
9.00
9.75
10.50
-
0.0367
10.20
9.00

9.75
10.50
0.769
0.765
0.767
>2.0
0.850
0.408
0.398
0.392
0.392

>2.0
0.831
"Unbuffered
b
 Analytical concentration of furfural = 50.7 pA/; absorbance at 276 my
                                     -40-

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO
     Carbonate was added as sodium bicarbonate,  and nitrate was  added as
potassium nitrate to evaluate potential  interference from those  components.
Neither species at an unrealistically high 1M concentration caused a
measurable deviation.  Ionic strength* was investigated through  the range
0.217M  to 1.519M by varying the phosphate buffer concentration.   As with
the carbonate and nitrate, no interference could be detected and therefore
these slurry components were deleted from further consideration.   Nitrite,
iron II and iron III, on the other hand, caused  sufficiently severe perturb-
ation to the analytical accuracy that further study and corrective action
was necessary.
2.5.2.1  Elimination of Nitrite as an Interferent - The nitrite  inter-
ference level cited above is considered  to be a  realistic concentration
that can be encountered from absorption  of NO  from the flue gas. The NO
                                             »»                          X
consists of mixtures of nitric oxide and nitrogen dioxide.  There appears
to be little affinity for NO absorption  in the limestone scrubber, however,
N02 will react quantitatively with water by disproportionate to give
equimolar  quantities of nitrite and nitrate.  At elevated temperatures
nitrite can undergo further disproportionation to give nitrate and nitric
oxide.  The extent of these reactions that occur concurrently during the
sulfur dioxide abatement process will depend on actual temperatures,
concentrations, and residence times.  The need for control of the nitrite
interference becomes quite evident from examination of the following data:

             N02" (NaN02)             % Deviation from Control
              Cone., m                     Absorbance
                0.01                            4
                0.1                            12
                1.0                            93

     The compounds sodium azide and sulfamic acid were selected as
candidate additive reagents for elimination of the interference in the
furfural-bisulfite complex absorbance exhibited by nitrite ions.  The
reactions of these compounds with nitrite are as follows:

* y =  1/2 E (mi x z^)

                                     -41-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO
NaN  + HN0
2
HN0
                 NaOH
                                                                       (13)
                            2 -   2      24    2                      (14)
The azide reagent, however, was found to be ineffective as  a supressant.
Actually it caused a greater error in the method than  the nitrite  ion.   Sul-
famic acid, on the other hand, was shown to be effective as the  nitrite in-
terferant suppressant from the data in Table XVII.

                                TABLE XVII
             EFFECT  OF  SULFAMIC  ACID  ON  NITRATE  INTERFERENCE
Furfural , yAf
50.24
50.24
50.24
50.24
50.24
50.24
50.24
50.24
50.24
50.24
50.24
50.24
HS03 , mtf
-
1.0
1.0
-
-
-
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
N02", mM Sulfamic Acid, mM
-
-
0.10
1.2
0.6
0.1
1.2
0.6
0.1
0.10 1.2
0.10 0.6
0.10 0.1
A
0.777
0.281
0.352
0.778
0.775
0.779
0.289
0.278
0.278
0.286
0.293
0.275
No apparent change occurred in the furfural absorption or the furfural-
bisulfite absorption upon addition of sulfamic acid at concentrations from
10"4 to 10  M.  From the table it can be seen that the increase in fur-
fural absorbance (HS03~ present) upon addition of 10"  M nitrite is -\-25%
and upon addition of sulfamic acid in the concentration range from 10
      o
to 10   M that this interference is essentially eliminated.  The addition
of sulfamic acid has been incorporated into the procedure as a standard
precautionary measure.
2.5.2.2  Iron as a Potential Interferent - Iron is a significant consti-
tuent of coal burning power plant flue gas fly ash and can be found as a
minor constituent in limestone.  As the pH of the scrubber liquor varies
                                     -42-

-------
                                                        17551.6012-RO-OO
so will the iron solubility and the potential  for interference.   Assuming
some degree of solubility, the 276 nM absorbance of solutions  containing
phosphate buffer (pH ^4.2), 1.0 mM bisulfite and a furfural  concentration
of 0.10 mM> was measured as a function of ferric ion concentration, added
as ferric nitrate.  Table XVIII shows the results of the ferric  study.
                               TABLE XVIII
          INTERFERENCE OF Fe^3 IN THE FURFURAL-BISULFITE METHOD3
Bisulfite cone. ,.mM
1.000
1.000
1.000
1.000
0
0
Fe+3 conc.,uM Fe(N03)3
-
0.10
1.0
10.0
10.0
0.0
Absorbance
0.464
0.460
0.472
0.490
1.412
1.378b
%Deviation
-
-0.9
+1.7
+5.6
+2.5
-
 aPhosphate  buffer, pH 4.2        Furfural cone. = 100.0 \M ^ A = 1.378
 Deviations  in the absorbance of the furfural-bisulfite complex begin to be-
 come  significant at concentrations greater than 10 MM ferric ion (+1.7% de-
 viation  at  0.001 mM).   Ferric ion was found to interfere with the furfural
 absorbance  alone, without HS03" present, as well as with the complex.  The
 significance of this potential interference is discussed below.

      The aqueous chemistry of ferric iron affords a plausablt explanation
 of  the above observed interference.  Ferric ion in aqueous solution has a
 strong tendency for hydrolysis and/or complex formation.  The aquo ion that
 is  formed will hydrolyze significantly at pH's 1n the range of 2-3, as
 indicated by the following equilibrium equations and constants:
      [Fe(H20)6]3+  »  [Fe(H20)5(OH)]2+ + H+; K = 8.9 x  10"4

      [Fe(H20)5(OH)]2+  =  [Fe(H20)4(OH)2]+ + H+; K  » 5.5  x 10"4
(15)

 (16)
      At pH's  greater than  2-3,  condensed  species  are formed and eventually
 colloidal  gels  appear.   For  alkaline  pH's ferric  ion will  become insoluble
 as  the hydrous  Fe203 is  precipitated.
                                    -43-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO
      The aqueous UV absorption spectrum,  which is believed to arise from
 the condensed forms of the hydrolyzed aquo complex,  shows an  intense
 charge transfer band in the far ultraviolet which exhibits a  tail  exten-
 ding into the visible region of the electromagnetic  spectrum.   This tailing
 effect is present at 276nM:  the analytical  wavelength  in the furfural
 bleaching method and hence, gives rise to increased  absorbance values.
      The efficacy of several  complexing agents for the  elimination of
 the iron (II  and III)  interference  by measuring the  molar absorptivities
 of the complexes at 276nM  was  investigated.   The results were  as  follows:
Component Mixture
Aqueous Fe +
Fe3+ - EDTA
Fe - citrate
Fe3"1" - tartrate
3+
Fe - Phosphate buffer
Aqueous Fe
Fe2+ - EDTA
Fe - citrate
2+
Fe - tartrate
2+
Fe - phosphate buffer
a (276 nM)'*
3,200
5,400
4,200
4,110
4,000
600
7,800
1,200
600
600
                   *Liter/mol-cm
     It is readily apparent from the data that the interference of the
aquo ferric iron complex is significant and that a bathochromic shift
occurs for the charge transfer bands in the presence of the complexing
agents.  The increase in molar absorptivity of the complexed species
precludes the use of complexing agents for the elimination of ferric
ion interference.
     Ferrous ion exhibits a lesser interference except in the presence
of strong complexing agents such as EDTA or citrate ion.   Thus, the addi-
tion of complexing agents to the scrubber solution would  compound the
interference if iron is present in the Fe (II) state.
                                     -44-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
     The impact of the apparent iron problem becomes  negligible,  however,
if the scrubber is operated in the planned pH range of 6.5 to 7.5.   In  this
pH range the iron will be present in the condensed form as colloidal suspen-
sions and would be removed by solid liquid phase separation techniques.  In
                                                          +3       +2
the simulated static slurry described in Section 2.4.2, Fe   and  Fe   were
added at a 25 ppm level (0.45 mM), but after filtration (Whatman  No. 41)  no
iron could be detected in solution by atomic absorption spectrophotometry.
It appears that efficient removal of colloidal species will be essential  to
the elimination of iron interference.  In the event the scrubber is operated
at a more acidic pH (3-4.5), it will be necessary to adjust the pH of the
                             *
analytical liquor sample to neutrality and, after allowing sufficient time
for nucleation, refilter the sample.  It may be more expedient to utilize
a cation exchange procedure for this purpose.  This contingency is noted
in the standard method, Appendix E.

2.5.3   Time  Dependence of  the  Furfural-Bisulfite  Complex  Formation
      In  order  to  achieve automation  of the  furfural  technique  for the  analy-
sis  of  sulfur  species, one of  the basic criteria  for selecting a method for
development, a  series of experiments were conducted  to  determine the param-
eters affecting time  to equilibrium  for the formation of  furfural-bisulfite
complex.  The  experiments  were conducted  on a Beckman DK-2A ratio recording
spectrophotometer utilizing the time drive  mode of operation  and a  constant
temperature  cell  holder.
      From examination of the results of the experiments,  given 1n Table XIX
it  is apparent that the time dependence for complex  formation  is effected by
temperature, concentration of  bisulfite,  concentration  of furfural  and pH.
It  is surprising,  however, that the  strongest dependence  is on the  pH  of  the
solution.  An  attempt  to fit the data to  pseudo first order (large  excess
of  HS03") and  second  order kinetic plots  were unsuccessful  which is Indica-
tive of complex solution kinetics.
      At first  glance  the kinetics would be  expected  to  follow second order
equations for  the reaction of one furfural  molecule  with  a molecule of bi-
sulfite.  This, however, does  not reflect the strong dependence  of the
kinetics  on  the solution pH.   For the system under consideration it would
                                    -45-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
                                TABLE  XIX
          TIME DEPENDENCE  ON  THE FURFURAL-BISULFITE  EQUILIBRIUM
Temperature HSO,
(°C) (mM)
22 0.1
0.5
1.0
1.5
22 0.1
0.5
1.0
1.5
22 0.1
0.5
1.0
1.5
22 0.1
0.5
1.0
1.5
39 0.1
0.5
1.0
Furfural
(mM)
0.06



0.06



0.06



0.12



0.06


pH Time to Equilibrium
(Min)
3.7 10.5
9.5
7.2
5.8
3.9 8.0
6.5
4.5
3.5
4.1 5.5
5.0
4.0
2.8
3.9 7.0
5.8
4.6
3.6
3.9 6.0
5.5
4.5
 appear that  the  sulfurous  acid-bisulfite  and/or the bisulfite-sulfite acid
 base  equilibria  also  participate  in  the reaction kinetics.  This participa-
 tion  could yield  additional  terms in  the rate expression resulting in a
 strong pH dependence.
      The dependence of  the reaction  rate  on pH will be utilized in the auto-
 mated procedure  to shorten the  reaction times and yield minimum instrument
 hold  times.   Independent operating parameters include furfural concentra-
 tion, bisulfite  concentration,  pH and  temperature.  For the automated pro-
 cedure, furfural  concentrations will be limited by available detection
 techniques and because  bisulfate  concentration is the variable to be deter-
 mined,  increased temperature, though not  as effective in enhancing  rates as
 the pH, will  be  used  for enhancement.  It is believed that by judicious se-
 lection of temperature  and constancy in the rate of color development curve
 would permit  analyses after 5-6 minutes at a nominal pH of 4.0.
                                     -46-

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO
2.5.4  The Effect of Temperature on the Furfura1-B1su1f1te Analysis
     This section describes the study undertaken to determine the tempera-
ture dependence of the bisulfite calibration and the extent of control  re-
quired to meet the specified accuracy.   The studies employed a Beckman
DK-2A spectrophotometer fitted with a constant temperature cell  holder.   To
investigate the temperature effect, bisulfite calibration curves were run
at temperatures of 21.0°, 35.O6 and 62.2°C.  Temperatures were recorded
utilizing a chromel-alumel thermocouple immersed in the spectrophotometric
cell liquid immediately proceeding measurement of each data point.
     As previous reported the linear portion of the bisulfite calibration
curve follows Equation 7, and the equilibrium constant K for the complex
format ion may be determined by:
          K _ Slope of the calibration curve                           /*j7\
              Intercept of the calibration curve                       l
Changes in K with temperature are indicative of the temperature sensitivity
of the analytical procedure.  Additionally, because K represents an  equili-
brium constant for the formation of the complex a logarithmic plot of  K
versus 1/T would be expected to be linear and allow evaluation of tempera-
ture effects at any point within the range of temperatures Investigated.
     Calibration curves were obtained at three temperatures and are  pre-
sented in Table  XX.   Six point calibrations were obtained for the
experiments at 21.0° and 35.0°C, while only four calibrations were used
at 62.2°C.  A least squares evaluation of the data gave the following  values
for the equilibrium constants:
          Temperature. °C                K (liter/mol)
               21.0                          1,800
               35.0                            740
               62.2                            141
A graphical presentation of In K versus 1/T 1s shown in Figure 4.  The  re-
sultant graph yields a straight line of slope 1.65 x 10"4 and Intercept 2.16
x 10"3 (1/T, Y axis and In K, X axis).
     Because the calculated concentration of bisulfite for a given absorb-
ance is inversely proportional to the equilibrium constant, the  temperature
                                    -47-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
                                TABLE XX
        THERMAL DEPENDENCE OF THE BISULFITE CALIBRATION CURVE
Temperature
21.0





35.0





62.2



HSOq Cone.
_
0.185
0.370
0.555
0.740
0.925
_
0.185
0.370
0.555
0.740
0.925
_
0.186
0.371
0.558
I/A
1.385
1.818
2.222
2.632
3.145
3.584
1.445
1.653
1.852
2.049
2.252
2.449
1.540
1.560
1.600
1.640
 effect  resulting  in a 5% error may be evaluated.  Calculations show that
 the  5%  error band is 1.2°C  (or 2.2°F).  The bisulfite calibration is sensi-
 tive to temperature fluctuations and thermal control is required.
 2.6  INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS OF SULFATE
     As in the case above for accurate, rapid and frequent determination of
 S(IV) species, sulfate ion is similarly important for sulfur mass balance
 and  process optimization as well  as being a major participant in calcium
 sulfate scale formation.  The sulfate ion may be present in filtered slurry
 liquor or it may be present in the separated solids.  The sulfate concen-
 tration range for the liquor was, by  definition, set at 1-500 mM (See
Table I).   In the search for a suitable instrumental method, it was  con-
 cluded that the automated laboratory  techniques  that were available  at  that
time were  not immediately acceptable  without a  critical  review of the state
of the art.  Consequently,  several  candidate sulfate methods were evaluated
including:
                                   -48-

-------
 I
4*
1O
                                   2.6       2.8       3.0                3.4


                                                          1A  (°KX103)

                   Figure 4.   Change in Furfural Bisulfite Complex Equilibrium Constant with Temperature
01
01
__J
I
at
o

INJ

•ya
o
i
o
o

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
     •    Titrimetric analysis
     •    Spectrophotometric analysis
               Turbidimetric
               Colon'metric
               Atomic absorption
               Infrared spectroscopy
               Atomic emission
     t    Specific ion electrode

     The results of our assessment of the technique, useful  range,
interferences, and relative ease of automation are presented below.
This evaluation was used as the basis for selecting methods  for limited
feasibility testing in the laboratory.
2.6.1  Theoretical Evaluation of Sulfate Methods
     The methods described below are for the most part indirect methods
based on precipitation, usually with barium.
2.6.1.1  Titrimetric Methods - The titrimetric method involves the
precipitation of sulfate with a barium salt with thorin,  Sulfanazo,  or
other colorimetric or potentiometric end points.  To avoid co-precipita-
tion of carbonate and sulfite with barium,  the analysis is conducted in
acid solution.  The range of the technique  is 5-1000 mg sulfate/liter
(0.05 to 10 mM) with a precision of 1-5%.   Interference by nitrate,  phos-
phate, chloride and cations is concluded to be either negligible or  cor-
rectable.  Automation of the titration technique can be accomplished in
a batch analysis process using a potentiometric or colorimetric end  point,
however, the technique for acidifying and titration will  require con-
siderable development.
2.6.1.2  Turbidimetric Method - The turbidimetric method  utilizing a
photometer or turbidimeter is generally used in routine analysis of  large
volumes of samples where a precision of 5 to 10% is satisfactory.  The
sulfate concentration range applicable for  this method is 0.1-1.0 mM with
a minimum detection level of around 0.01 mM sulfate.  Usually, barium
chloride is used to precipitate the sulfate and interferences can be
remedied.  The time period between precipitation and turbidity reading is
critical (up to 4 minutes with a maximum usually reached  in  2 minutes).
                                   -50-

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO
In spite of the time lag for precipitation,  and large dilution  requirement,
the fact that at least one automated Instrument was  marketed justified
further consideration of the technique.
2.6.1.3  Barium Chloranilate Colorimetric Method - The indirect colorl-
metric determination of sulfate can be accomplished  by using barium chlora-
nilate to precipitate barium sulfate and release and equivalent amount  of
colored acid-chloranilate ion.  Cations  must be removed because of their
interference, pH 1s critical (use pH 4.0), filtering and shaking are
necessary and even at low concentrations the standard solutions may not
obey Beer's Law.  The long reaction times and required filtration times
are also disadvantageous.  The range of the method is from .02 - 4 mM
sulfate.  Calcium, ferric and aluminum ions completely precipitate the
acid chloranilate ion and therefore must be removed  by ion echange.
Recent findings under Contract 68-02-0008 (Reference 1) have shown that
chloride and ni.trate concentrations present in the filtered slurry solution
cause low results by more than 2%.  Nonetheless, the method has been auto-
mated and deserves further consideration.
2.6.1.4  Benzidine Colorimetric Methods - Sulfate can be precipitated with
benzidlne hydrochloride and the excess can be measured by a variety of
Colorimetric methods:
     •  from generation of iodine
     t  reaction with furfural
     t  diazotlzation followed by coupling with phenol
Then in each case, the color complex is measured at the appropriate wave
length.
2.6.1.5  Infrared Spectrophotometric - Quantitative IR analysis of solids
for sulfate in calcined S02 reacted limestones has been reported by
E. F. Rissmann and R. L. Larkin  (Reference  8).   The extrapolation of this
technique to an automated method for dissolved sulfate 1on in wet scrubber
mother liquor appeared feasible.
2.6.1.6  Atomic Absorption Method  (AA Method) - This technique  is also
based on precipitation of sulfate with a  barium salt  (chloride  in this
case), but measures  the excess barium by  atomic absorption  spectroscopy.
The useful range of  this method is  0-1 mM sulfate with results  comparable

                                    -51-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO


to volumetric and gravimetric measurements being reported.  The AA method
involves less operator handling than the volumetric method, but has a
longer "start-to-finish" time because of long reaction time for equili-
brium precipitation of barium sulfate under the established conditions.
Modifications of the method reported by Dunk, et al (Reference 9) to
reduce the solubility of barium sulfate at the working pH could result in
decreased reaction time.  The technique might be acceptable for laboratory
application, however, it would not be a method of choice for on-line
analysis.
2.6.1.7 - Specific Ion Electrode - Quantitative precipitation of sulfate
is accomplished in a 50% dioxane 50% water solution using an excess of
standard lead perchlorate.  The excess lead ion may be quantitatively
measured using a lead selective electrode.  Activity of lead (measured
by the electrode) must then be related to the concentration of lead by
calculation  using a knowledge of the total ionic strength.  This tech-
nique has a  dynamic range from fractions of a ppm  to thousands of ppm
lead.  Excess lead is related directly to a sulfate concentration.  The
major drawbacks associated with the technique are  high  and  variable  ionic
strength, the limited service life of cells, the large  potential for
interference and as with most of these methods  the excessive elapsed
time for complete precipitation with the resultant constraint  on a
continuous mode of operation.
2.6.1.8  - Sulfate By Difference from Total Sulfur  - Recognizing the
time limitation inherent  in the precipitation methods and  the  time plus
interference drawbacks  of the chloranilate method, an alternative  total
sulfur technique was sought.  It was believed that a  combination of  the
furfural spectrophotometric method  for S(IV)  species  coupled with  a  total
sulfur technique could  yield  rapid  and sufficiently accurate sulfate data
 to meet  the  process  development criteria.   In reviewing available  direct
 instrumented methods it was  found  that a  gap  exists,  *>Q.3 to 10 mM
 sulfur wherein  sulfur  cannot  be determined.
     As  mentioned  earlier,  X-ray  fluorescence provides  a lower limit of
 approximately  10 mM, whereas  a  standard  flame emission  instrument, such
 as  the  Melpar  FPD  unit has  a  practical  upper limit of approximately 0.3 m
 (10 ppm).   From theoretical  considerations  and  work performed  by other
                                   -52-

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO

experimenters it appears possible  to  construct  an  instrument  of  the
atomic emission (flame photometer) type  for the analysis  of total  sulfur
in a liquid stream that would fill the concentration range void.

     In the region between 210 to 820nM, atomic sulfur has only  one  emis-
sion frequency, a sharp line at 216.9nW, respectively which would result
from the combining of carbon and oxygen.  High  resolution spectrometers
(^O.lnW) which are available will  reduce or eliminate the interference.
     A total dissolved sulfur analyzer for the  wet scrubber process  stream
should meet the following requirements:
     •    Capable of atomizing (vaporizing) a representative  portion of
          the process stream on a continuous basis
     •    A hot zone, with optical windows, capable of disrupting all
          molecules
     0    Have sufficient spectroscopic resolution to reduce  or
          eliminate all interferences
     •    For atomic absorption analysis have a light source  that
          is capable of producing an emission at 216.9 my
The feasibility of this approach  is based upon utilizing the  216.9 my
atomic sulfur line which is from  the excitation of non-ionized sulfur
atoms.  Recently, it has been demonstrated that sulfur can be measured
quantitatively with both A.A. and A.E. techniques by utilizing microwave
excitation  (Reference  10). Spectrometrics  Inc., Burlington, Massachusetts
produce a unit that is  similar to the type required for this  determination,
however, the instrument generates a plasma which would tend to ionize many
or most of  the sulfur  atoms.
      In the work of Syty and Dean (Reference 11)  utilizing a fuel rich,  air-
 hydrogen  flame,  they found a lower limit of detection of 15  yg/ml sulfur
 (^Q.SmM).   They report a linear signal  function with the square of  concen-
 tration and a noiseless flame background.   This technique is recommended
 for future development to augment RF and extend the detection limits  to
 lower concentrations.

  2.6.2  Experimental  Screening of Candidate  Sulfate Methods
       Based on  the  findings  above, a  turbidimetric, an infrared and a titri-
  metric sulfate  method were  selected  for experimental  screening.  To  facili-
  tate testing,  the  static  scrubber slurry simulant described in Section  2.4.2
                                    -53-

-------
17551 -601 2-RO-OO


 was utilized as the standard.   The  sulfate  value of  5828  ppm was obtained
 gravimetrically,  the referee method utilized  as the  standard for all
 comparisons.
 2.6.2.1  Turbidimetric Method - Although the  problems associated with
 turbidimetric   sulfate analysis have previously been documented, the lack
 of  more promising sulfate methodology dictated a brief investigation of
 this method.  The method utilized is given in Reference 12.  A calibration
 curve was constructed and the synthetic scrubber solution analyzed with
 the following results:
                            2_
     Method              SO,   Concentration, ppm       % Deviation
     Gravimetric              5828 (61
     Turbidimetric            5460  (57 mM)                 6.3
Not all possible interferants are present in the synthetic blend, however,
the results indicate that a turbidimetric analysis may be the only alter-
native to an automated analysis considering the paucity of more promising
methods.  Experimentally the lower limit of detection (0.01 mM) is that
previously reported while the upper limit can readily be adjusted through
automatic dilution.  The previously stated objections to this analysis are
still valid but may possibly be circumvented and the method optimized to
provide acceptable accuracy.  In the single analysis above, the error of
6.3% is not acceptable in accordance with the allowable error of 5%,
stipulated in Table I.
2.6.2.2  Infrared Spectrophotometric Method - The method of Rissman and
Larkin (Reference 8) for the quantitative determination of sulfate in
calcined SOp reacted limestone was investigated for its applicability to
wet scrubber mother liquor.   During this brief examination it was not
possible to manufacture the 0.003 mm cells by vacuum deposition of metal
which is a time consuming and costly procedure.   Two experiments utilizing
0.015 mm path length cells with Irtran windows were conducted.  In the
first experiment, a sample of distilled water was run followed by the
synthetic scrubber solution and then a 960 ppm sulfate reference standard.
The results are as follows:
                                    -54-

-------
                                                        17551-6012-RO-OO
      Solution                 Absorbance            SO^2" Concentration
      Reference                   0.043                 960 ppm  (10
      Synthetic Scrubber          0.153                3420 ppm  (36
      Solution
A second experiment was conducted utilizing matched  0.015 mm cells
blanking out the water absorbance in  the  reference beam.  The  results
of the experiments were:
      Solution                 Absorbance            SO.2" Concentration
      Reference                   0.046                 960 ppm  (10 mw)
      Synthetic Scrubber          0.163                3400 ppm  (35 mw)a
      Solution

Calculated
For these analytical conditions  the deviations from the gravimetric values
(5828 ppm) are greater  than 40%  error and hence the method is not recom-
mended  for further consideration.
2.6.2.3  High Frequency Titration Method  -  A  high frequency  tltratlon  for
sulfate content of scrubber liquors was conducted using a  Sargent Model  V
Oscillometer with BaCl2 titrant.   A sample  of standard Na^SC.  and the
synthetic scrubber solution were  analyzed.  The results of the titration
were:
                       Experimental         Known
      Solution           Results          Concentration     Deviation
      Reference      957 ppm (10. mW)      960  ppm (10 mtf)      -1.0%
      Synthetic
      Scrubber      6140 ppm (64  mW)     5828  ppm (61 mtf)      +5.0%
      Solution
      Synthetic
      Scrubber      5557 ppm (58  mW)    5828  ppm (61 mtf)      -5.0%
      Solution
     The second scrubber sample was analyzed  1n 40%  methanolic solution as
opposed to aqueous solutions for  the  previous two runs.  This method  also
demonstrates an apparent acceptable accuracy, however,  the analysis time
is considered excessive requiring on  the  order of 20 minutes  for a  single
titration.   This 1s because of equ1Hbrtt1on  time required between
successive titrant additions.   The use of mixed methanol  solvent reduces
                                   -55-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO


 the solubility of BaS04 and  significantly  shortens  the equilibration times.
 It may also heighten interferences  by  other  precipitating salts because
 the barium salts  will  become generally less  soluble in the methanolic
 solution.   The method  has  potential  but will  require development time and
 effort.
 2.7  INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS OF CARBONATE
      The  required analysis range specified in Table  I is 1-20 mM with an
 allowable  error of 15%.  Examination of the  carbonate species distribution
 curves  as  a function of pH,  presented  in Figure 5,  reveals that in a wet
 scrubber  system operated in  the range  of pH  6.5 to  7.5, the bicarbonate
 species will  predominate with moderate concentrations of carbonic acid.
      Historically three analytical  techniques have  been utilized for the
 analysis  of carbonate  in aqueous solutions.  The reactions involved are
 a)  the  acid-base  equilibria  between  carbonate, bicarbonate and carbonic
 acid,  b)  the  extremely  low solubility  of Ba, Ca and  Sr carbonates and fin-
 ally,  c)  the  thermal removal  of C02  from carbonic acid at low pH's.  The
 relative merits of each of these with  their  appropriate end point detection
 devices are discussed  in the following paragraphs.
 2.7.1   Acid-Base  Determinations
      Titration of carbonates  with either acid or base yields two end points
 corresponding to  the following equilibria:
      H2C03 +  H20  = HC03" + H30+          K = 4.30 x  10"7               (is)
      HC03" +  H20  = C032" + H30+          K = 5.61 x  10"11              (19)
 Standard methods  of end point detection would include conductometric, high
 frequency, thermometric, colorimetric  (indicator) and potentiometric.  All
 of these  analysis end  points  would,  however, be interfered with by HN02,
 H2S03>  HS03"  and  HS04",  metal ions and consequently, the methods are impractical
 2.7.2   Precipitation Reactions
      The precipitation  of  Ca, Ba or  Sr carbonates has been utilized for the
 gravimetric and turbidimetric analysis of carbonates.  Representative solu-
 bilities  are:
                                   -56-

-------
100
                                                                                                        Ol
                                                                                                        en
                                                                                                        •«4
                                                                                                        I
                                                                                                        o»
                                                                                                        o

                                                                                                        PO
                                                                                                        s
             figure 5.  Carbonate  Species as a Function of pH

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO

      CaC03 = 0.0015 g/100 ml  HgO 9 25°C
    -  BaC03 = 0.002 g/100 ml  H20 @ 18°C
      SrC03 = 0.0011  g/100 ml  H20 9 18°C
 In this  case as in the  preceding acid-base  reactions, strongly  interfering
 species  will be present as evident from the following solubility data for
 scrubber sulfur species:
      CaS03-2H20 =  0.0043 g/100  ml  H20 @ 18°C
      BaS03      =  0.02  g/100  ml  H20 9 18°C
      BaS04      =  0.0002 g/100  ml  H20 9 18°C
      SrS03      =  0.0033 g/100  ml  H20 9 18°C
      SrS04      =  0.0113 g/100  ml  H20 9 18°C
 Again these impurities  appear to make these methods  impractical for carbon-
 ate analysis.
 2.7.3 Thermal  or  Acidimetric Removal of CO,,
      The  equilibrium  between  gas  phase  C02  and aqueous solution has been
 utilized  extensively  for carbonate analysis.  The equilibrium may be re-
 presented by:
      H20  + C02  - H2C03                                                  (2Q)
 Many  methods of estimating the  evolved  C02  include acidimetry and gas analy-
 sis.   Gas  analysis may  be  accomplished  by gas chromatography, gravimetry
 (ascarite  absorption) or manometric methods.  For the scrubber solutions,
 potential  interference  from dissolved S02 is encountered.
      S02  + H20  = H2S03                                                  (21)
 However,  the large difference in  the first  proton dissociation  constants
 may allow C02 removal to be conducted specifically, while maintaining the
 sulfite  species as bisulfite.   The most promising methods which would elim-
 inate the  requirement for  selective (XL removal however, are those utilizing
 specific  detection systems such  as non-dispersive infrared (NDIR) detection
 or, as a  lesser candidate, gas  chromatography.
                                    -58-

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO
     The NDIR approach to simultaneous measurement of thermally liberated
C02 and S02 is applied routinely to metals 1n a Laboratory Equipment  Corp.
thermal analyzer.  The Instrument output 1s  displayed directly  as  % of  C
and % S in 60 seconds elapsed analysis time  for both.
     Given the ranging capability of NDIR, this detector should be readily
adaptable to the ASTM acidimetric method for carbonate in lime  (Method  C25)
which in turn can be used for scrubbing slurry.
     Solids can be handled directly on the Leco Carbon-Sulfur Combustion
Analyzer after separation and drying.  This  approach was demonstrated
utilizing TRW's instrument (see Section 3.3  for discussion).  Further eval-
uation and development of the thermal/acldimetrlc methods for COg  (and  SOp)
are certainly warranted on the basis of the foregoing results.
2.8  SURVEY OF NITRITE/NITRATE INSTRUMENTAL  ANALYSIS METHODOLOGY
     Although methodology for nitrite/nitrate measurements in the  wet
scrubber liquor was not among the list of primary constituents  under  study,
a preliminary review of methods was performed.  The following brief  listing
of candidate methods and references 1s provided to assist current  Investi-
gators and for consideration for future experimental evaluation and develop-
ment.  A comprehensive review of methodology for nitrogen-oxygen compounds
is incorporated 1n the recently published monograph on analytical  chemistry,
(Reference 13).

2.8.1  Brucine  Colorlmetric  Method
     Several  versions  of the brudne  colorimetrlc method  for nitrite/nitrate
determination are  found  in the  literature.   For  total nitrite plus nitrate
the  EPA  Federal Water  Quality Office  Method  (Reference 14) is recommended for
evaluation.   The procedure 1s applicable  for 0.1 to  2 ppm nitrate nitrogen
(0.007 to  0.14 mM  concentrations) and extreme  care must be taken  to  control
reaction conditions  1n order to obtain  repeatable, accurate  results.  The
degree of  interference from  scrubber  constituents would have to be deter-
mined.  The method reported  by  Fisher, et al, (Reference 15) allows  for  dif-
ferentiation  between nitrite and nitrate  by  varying  add  concentration.
FWQO recommends the  brudne  method  as  a manual technique, but  it  is  po-
tentially  automatable.

                                    -59-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO


2.8.2  Dlazotlzation After Reduction
     FWQO (Reference 14) recommends two automated nitrite/nitrate methods
based on reduction with cadmium copper catalyst or hydrazine sulfate, reac-
tion of NOp with sulfanilamide and coupling to an azo dye.   Precisions for
an interlaboratory evaluation are reported (+5.75, +18.10,  +4.47 and
-2.69% Bias).  In testing saline water, standards containing 10 salt water
constituents must be utilized.
2.8.3  Ion Specific Electrodes
     Instrumental measurement of nitrate ion utilizing nitrate ion specific
electrodes has been reported.  In a flowing gas system designed by Dr.
Martini (Reference IS), nitrogen oxides were reacted with  ozone and the re-
action products absorbed in a sodium nitrate aqueous solution.  Measurement
of nitrate concentration was achieved in a flow through liquid cell equipped
with an Orion specific ion electrode.  In a study funded by EPA under con-
tract CPA 22-69-95 Driscoll, et al (Reference 17) found good  correlation  be-
tween results by the time consuming ASTM POS method and the nitrate ion
specific electrode.  Reduction of nitrate to ammonia and use of an ammonium
ion specific electrode has been suggested as an improved approach to elim-
inate certain interferences.
                                    -60-

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO
          3.0  TASK II  - DEVELOPMENT OF PROCESS  INSTRUMENTATION
     The primary objective of this  program was focused  toward  this  task
and was aimed at the identification of instrumental  analytical methods
suitable for on-line analysis of selected chemical  species  in  the EPA Shawnee
Power Plant wet limestone scrubbing process.  The development  of on-stream
analysis methods will  permit the rapid acquisition of data  for the  effect-
ive characterization of the process and timely elucidation  of  process
parameter variations.   High analytical accuracy  (0.1% relative)  is not a
requisite of the needed methodology but rather the instrumental  techniques
must be reliable, reproducible, cost effective and the  equipment easily
maintained, and possess 2-5% relative accuracy.
     On review of the scrubbing process variables several  sampling  require-
ments were identified relating to characterization of the  scrubber  mixture
These sampling requirements are shown in Table  XXI.  During a  literature
                                 TABLE XXI
                  LIMESTONE SLURRY  SAMPLING REQUIREMENTS
                   Slurry  Solids  Content  -  0 to  15% w/w
                   Slurry  Sample  Quantity - 0.5y particles in liquid
                   •    Lag Time  - <30 seconds
                   Sampling Rate  - 30 samples/hr, minimum
                   Analysis Time  - 2 min, max.
                   Easily Maintained
review phase, sampling, separation and quenching of reactants were identi-
fied as major problem areas that had to be resolved prior to application
of any analytical techniques to on-stream analysis.  A system capable of
handling a sampling rate of 30 samples per hour necessitated the use of a
rapid separation of slurry and isolation of solid and liquid phases and
was a key milestone prior to developing analytical techniques.  The sampling
rate was established assuming specific combinations of scrubber designs
                                     -61-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO

and analysis location and sample frequency.  An example which fulfills
this requirement is three different scrubber design processes sampled
every thirty minutes at five different locations.   Variations of sampling
locations up to eight and sampling frequency of up to fifteen minutes cover
a wide range of samples to be analyzed.  For the purpose of establishing
the ability of an instrument to meet the continuous on-stream analysis re-
quirements a total  of 30 samples per hour was taken as a nominal value.
     The effort to identify and develop suitable sampling and rapid slurry
separation methodology involved vendor contacts, laboratory evaluation of
prototype and standard equipment and testing of candidate equipment at
vendor application laboratories.  In order to assess the adequacy of a
laboratory developed technique of analysis, it was necessary to produce a
dynamic flue gas/scrubbing slurry sample.  To accomplish this, a small
scale laboratory scrubber test loop incorporating  both a flooded bed and a
Venturi type scrubber and a gas blending feed system was designed and con-
structed.  Thus samples streams were generated which were simulations of
the pseudo-equilibriated scrubber system, i.e., removal of a sample from
the stream or change in operation would immediately be reflected in sample
instability or dynamic change.
     The following sections describe the activities associated with:
     •    The development of slurry sampling and separation
          techniques
     •    Extrapolation of X-ray methodology to continuous,
          on-line applications
     •    Design and plan for automation of the TRW furfural-
          bisulfite spectrophotometric method
     t    Operation and process variation capability of the
          laboratory bench scale wet scrubber process loop
3.1  SLURRY SAMPLING, SEPARATION AND QUENCHING
     During the course of this task several vendors were contacted to de-
termine whether they had equipment available which could separate a lime-
stone/dolomite slurry meeting the following operating parameters:
                                   -62-

-------
                                                     17551-6012-RO-OO


     •    Flow rate —to  300  Ib/m1n  (a  portion of  this flow
          could be diverted prior  to the  separator)
     §    Solids, % 	0.5-15
     t    Particle size, micron 	5-300
     •    Density of solids (unpulverized)  g/ml 	2.7-2.9
     •    Density of liquid, g/ml  	1.005-1.080
     •    Temperature, °F 	to 150°F
     0    System to exclude air during and after  separation —
          both phases
     t    Time to effective separation 	 15 seconds
     The directory of 48 separation equipment vendors and  manufacturers
compiled for this purpose is included  as  Appendix  F.  Of these ten com-
panies replied positively that they had equipment  which might fit these
operating parameters.  The separation  principles  identified Included con-
tinuous discharge centrifuges, in-line filter cartridges,  belt filters,
and a continuous cyclone cone centrifuge.
     Laboratory evaluation of these principles was undertaken using spent
slurry obtained from the Key West Electric Company and equipment sold by
deLaval, Sharpies and Demco.  A summary of the findings are shown in
Table XXII.  It was found that neither the cone centrifuge nor a combination
of the solid bowl centrifuge-centrifugal  cone provided clear-cut separation
as indicated by slight cloudiness 1n the  discharge fluids.  An optically
clear fluid would demonstrate excellent solids rejection and is needed for
any subsequent colorimetric characterization of the liquid phase.  However,
inclusion of a polishing filter, such  as  an Acroflow in-line convoluted
cartridge filter downstream resulted 1n a high capacity unit providing con-
tinuous transparent liquid for periods as long as  several  hours depending
on the initial solid loading.  A dual, parallel filter system from AFM-Caro
was identified as a strong candidate for the downstream polishing filter
component.
     Several cartridge filter types Including a wound cellulose fiber
(Micro-Wynd), convoluted fiber screen  (Cuno-Cal)  and sintered metal  screen
(Micro-screen) with a variety of flow  and particle retention properties  are

                                   -63-

-------
U551-6012-RO-00
                                 TABLE XXII
           SUMMARY OF LABORATORY EVALUATION OF SEPARATION  METHODS
       Continuous centrifugation  -  deLaval  Laboratory  Gyro-tester
       Performance -  30 sec.  operation  at 0.5  gpm  feed -  3%  Zurn slurry
       Results  - very nearly  clogged
       Cone centrifuge (cyclone)  -  Demco  18mm  cone
       Performance -  continuous  - pretreatment device
       Results  - very promising
       Solid bowl centrifuge/cone-Sharpies  solid bowl/Demco
       Performance -  minimum  one  hour continuous operation
       Results  - slight turbidity
       Polishing filter -  Acroflow  in-line  convoluted  cartridge
       Performance -  high  capacity  - quick  interchange
       Results  - optically clear  output
available.  The former two cartridges are low-cost and disposable while the
metal screen is cleanable for reuse.  A switching valve permits flow diver-
sion from one filter housing to the second while a quick disconnect bolt
allows rapid filter-cartridge removal and replacement.
3.1.1  Continuous Cyclone Separation/Filtration
     The cyclone cone separator was  fabricated by Demco as a prototype to
meet TRW's design requirements and is shown schematically in Figure 6.  The
device consists of an 18-mm cone fabricated from 316 stainless steel and
possesses an adjustable orifice control.  The unit operates with a 35 psi
minimum pressure differential with an inlet feed velocity of 46 ft/second
and a minimum volume demand of 1 gpm.  Throttling the underflow to cause an
overflow to underflow ratio of 45, resulted in an overflow to underflow
solids content ratio of 0.0204 with a 3% limestone slurry.  Consequently,
operation of the Demco in this mode permitted rejection of approximately
98% of the original  solids content.  The solution containing 2% of the
original  solids was  readily handled through a continuous discharge centri-
fuge and polishing filters to provide optically clear liquid.  It must be
emphasized that the  cyclone was operated at the minimum design pressure

                                     -64-

-------
 INLET
                           OVERFLOW
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO

and flow because of slurry sample  supply  and  pumping  constraints within the
laboratory.   Much higher solids  loading (to the  15% maximum)  should be
readily accommodated with equal  or better solids  separation at  more
                                     optimum run conditions.  That is, the
                                     efficiency of the cone  can be Improved
                                     at  the Shawnee  plant where up to ^-
                                     10  gal/min of slurry  can be diverted
                                     and  pumped at higher  pressure through
                                     the  cyclone.  The life  time of the
                                     filters are at  least  one hour and use
                                     of  the parallel bank  system such as
                                     described above permits back flushing
                                     or  cleaning to  reactivate a spent
                                     filter when it  is isolated from the
                                     flow loop.  Low cost  cartridges can
                                •SEAL be  removed and  discarded.
                                          The sampling and phase separa-
                                     tion system shown schematically in
                                     Figure  7 is the recommended approach
                                     to  permit continuous  sampling for on-
                                     stream analysis.  Two alternative
                                     systems (I and  II) downstream of the
                                     cyclone are presented for considera-
                                     tion, however,  the simpler and less
                                    ' costly of the two (Option I), 1s re-
                                     commended for initial implementation
                                     and checkout.
                                           Utilizing  Option I,  a  clarifica-
                                      tion test was  conducted on  a  3% slurry
                                     made from the  TVA high  fly  ash  con-
                                      tent limestone.  The slurry was run
                                      through this  laboratory scale clari-
                                      fication  apparatus (cyclone,  centri-
fuge and filter) for over 60 minutes, producing a clear, water white liquid
on exit from the filter.  All aspects of  the  test appeared normal and
examination of the equipment post test  revealed no anomalies.  Option II
                           UNDERFLOW
Figure 6,
DEMCO Centrifugal
Separator
                                    -65-

-------
                                             BANKED
                                             PARALLEL
                                             FILTERS
                              SWITCHING
                              VALVE
                   AP CONTROL
                      PUMP
PISTON
VALVE
                                    HIGH LOADING CAPACITY-
                                    QUICK DISCONNECT
                                                                       OPTION II
                                                           en
                                                            i
                                                           
                                                           o
                                                           ro
                                                           73
                                                           o
                                                            i
                                                           o
                                                           o
       CYCLONE
       FEED
       PUMP  CYCLONE
             SEPARATOR
                                           ALTERNATIVE
                                           SYSTEMS
                                              CLARIFIED
                                              SCRUBBER -
                                              LIQUOR
                               ANALYZER REQUIRING
                              ^OPTICALLY CLEAR OR
                               PART ICULATE FREE
                               LIQUID SAMPLE
 \
 GENERALIZED
 SCRUBBER
 UNIT
SOLIDS ENRICHED
UNDERFLOW
SOLIDS ANALYZER
                                       POLISHING
                                       FILTER
CONTINUOUS
LIQUID DISCHARGE
CENTRIFUGE
(CONTINUOUS
OPERATION  > 1 -2 HRS)
                                                      OPTION I
      Figure 7.  Schematic of Continuous  Slurry Separation Approaches

-------
                                                        17551-6012-RO-OO


could not be fully evaluated for operation time because the  dual  filter
system was not available, but nonetheless  it is expected to  be very nearly
as cost effective on an operation basis by optimizing the cyclone operation
and utilizing re-usable filters.
     Because  of  the concern that mass transfer between solid and liquid
 phases  in  a  non-equilibrium slurry might  cause a problem  (when separating
 by  the  Demco  cone-polishing filter technique because of filter cake build-
 up), a  worst  case plan was implemented to determine  the effect of  filter
 cake build-up using a batch filtration method.
     The experiment permitted comparison  of the chemical  composition of
 filtrates  taken  from consecutive filtrations through an increasing filter
 cake size  and fresh filtrations.  The experiment consisted of taking 200-ml
 aliquots from a  highly agitated slurry (3% w/v solids) and filtering through
 a millipore  filter in a  deaerated environment.  After  a period of  time the
 slurry  was sampled again  and an additional 200-ml aliquot was taken and
 placed  in  the filter already containing the filter cake from the previous
 filtration.   A comparison aliquot was taken at the same time and was fil-
 tered through a  clean filter.  The time of filtration  was governed by the
 time required to pass the filter containing the consecutive runs;  the rate
 of  filtration through the fresh filter was regulated by the downstream
 pressure.  This  operation was repeated two additional  periods to provide a
 total of four sequential  sets of aliquots.  The filtrates were retained in
 deaerated  environments and analyzed for bisulfite and  calcium contents and
 for pH  measurement.  Details of the experimental procedure are presented
 below and  the results are presented in Table  XXIII.
           To  4360 ml of  boiled, argon sparged  deionized water were
     added 90 g  limestone, 5.17 g NaHS03  and 45 g of fly  ash  (metals
     added, which had been neutralized with HC1* and then washed in
*Because  of  insufficient TVA  fly ash to conduct these experiments,  fly  ash
obtained  from the  Nevada Power Plant, Moapa, Nevada was  used.  The  chemical
composition  of the Moapa fly  ash is different  than that  of  the TVA  fly  ash
and  consequently,  metals were added to provide comparable metallic  consti-
tuents  to that expected from  the TVA fly ash.  In addition,  the  fly ash was
considerably more  basic, consequently, the fly ash was neutralized  prior to
 use

                                      -67-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
                              TABLE XXIII

                EFFECT OF FILTER  CAKE  BUILDUP ON SIMULATED

                    WET SCRUBBER  FILTRATE COMPOSITION
Filtering Type
Consecutive Filtration

Fi


Fi

Time, min
Itering Variables F1Uer Cake>
g/in2
PH
Itrate Composition Bisulfite, rnM
Calcium, mM
Fresh Filtration

Fi


Fi

Time, min
Itering Variables Filter Cake,
g/in2
PH
Itrate Composition Bisulfite, mM
Calcium, mM
Slurry
5

15
4

7.2
5.65
2.43

15
4

7.2
5.65
2.30
Mixing
45

21
8

7.2
3.46
1.05

18
4

7.6
3.41
1.12
Period,
75

60
12

8.0
2.99
0.70

60
4

7.8
3.21
0.80
Min.
140

50
16

7
2
0

50
4

8
2
0






.8
.60
.55




.0
.71
.62
     deionized water).  This yielded a synthetic scrubber solution
     with 3% solids and 12 mM bisulfite.  This slurry was placed in
     a magnetic stirrer in a GN2 purged dry bag.  Also present in the
     dry bag were two glass millipore filtering sets with 10y Teflon
     filters and 1.5-in2 of filter area.

     The results show good comparison between the consecutive single batch

filtration filtrate composition indicating little contribution of liquid-

solid mass transfer to the key liquid phase chemical constitutents.  It 1s
interesting to note that the bisulfite and calcium ion concentrations de-

crease as a function of elapsed time of slurry mixing which, as will be

discussed later in Section 3.4, is attributed to the kinetics of calcium

sulfite precipitation.   Because the elapsed time of separation anticipated

when the Demco cone-polishing filter are used will  be considerably less than
                                    -68-

-------
                                                         17551-6012-RO-OO
that experienced during these experiments,  it is believed the findings  here
will be valid until comparable filter cake  buildup (approximately 0.5-inch)
is observed.  It is recommended however, that similar experiments be  con-
ducted using the full scale Demco (1  gal/min) flow on the TVA process units
to confirm the results of our findings prior to using the apparatus  in  the
field.
3.1.2  Solids Discharging Methods
     A continuous  staged separation concept was devised which is capable
of  achieving "instantaneous quenching of reaction" within an arbitrary al-
lotted time of 15  seconds in such a manner as to present a "dry" stream
of  slurry solids for  continuous analysis.  In one conceptual design shown
in  Figure 8,  the  slurry feed may be taken from the  slurry stream and fed
to  a  solids discharging centrifuge.  In this system  the process stream at
the point under scrutiny is split and the sample stream enters a liquid/
liquid/solid separator.  A second heavy liquid phase such as a Freon, tri-
chlorethylene or other heavy inert solvent would be  added to the slurry as
it  entered the separator.  Because of the toxic nature of many of the can-
didate solvents, appropriate containment of  the vapors during handling and
evolution is required via  forced  air hoods  or vents.  As  shown  in the
schematic drawing, the light, clear aqueous  phase is separated from an an-
nular zone near the center, the denser  non-aqueous phase is ejected from
an  intermediate zone while the solids,  essentially free from aqueous liquid
contamination are  continuously discharged from the outermost zone and trans-
ferred to the quartz  filter carrier belt.

      Whereas  the  liquid/liquid/solid type  centrifuge with  its inert  solvent
wash  potential  capability  was  not demonstrated,  a Sharpies  Super-D Canter
P-600 was tested  at  the  Pennwalt  Corporation application  laboratory.   A
20-gallon aliquot of Zurn  spent  slurry  containing 3.86%  solids  was  pro-
cessed  at ambient temperature,  various  feed rates and  two  bowl  speeds.  The
following experimental data were  obtained  and are presented graphically  in
 Figure 9.
                                    -69-

-------

                                                                                                           en
                                                                                                           en
SLURRY
ANALYZER
"^
1-
SCRU
ALTERNATIVE 1 LIQl
i
ALTERNATIVE 11 FREON 	 -]
CLARIFIED
AQUEOUS
SOLUTION - i
FREON - — J
RECOVERY If
SOLIDS DISCHARGING
CENTRIFUGE
c~
'LJ
>BER 	
JOR
,
>
1
1
|
OVERf

t

1
1
O
(o


) V
x^ \

o
ro
73
1
o
o
-LO'/v
CYCLONE
SEPARATOR
fuNDERFLOVv
•h GAS EX IT
( -*-
HOT GN2 ..,. ||
•^ DETECTOR 1
jOLIDj CARR ER <-n, mc —
AKIAIYZPB /~AC iULIL):)
(2) ANALYZER
^^^ 1^^ (3)
FILTER AND , , ||! ill 1
BLOCK f \ PYROIYSFR OVEN ' f V^
/ L ±/ ^-^
f 1 \ / / f \
(°) QUARTZ BELT / / ( ° ]
c«>s£v ALUMINO-SILICATE GLASS CONSTRICTIONS \^S
FEED SPOOL COLLECTING
SPOOL
Figure 8.  Schematic Design of  Continuous Solid Separation  and  Analysis  Apparatus  Concept

-------
                                              17551-6012-RO-OO
           200      400      600      800     1000
           PPM INSOL SOLIDS IN CLARIFIED LIQUID
Figure  9.  Flow Rate vs Clarity for Sharpies Super-D Canter

                             -71-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO
Test No.
Clarified Liquid
rate, gph
insol . solids, ppm
Mechanical Conditions
bowl speed, rpm
conv. diff., rpm
oond
1
50
500
5000
50
3
2
16
290


3
28
410


4 5
63 126
520 870


6 7
25 63
320 530
finnn
DUUU
fin
3
8 9 10
32 95 126
360 600 680


 The feed slurry contained 3.86 % w/w (38,600 ppm) insoluble solids.   The
 composite solids sample collected during the test program contained  20.0 %
 w/w moisture.
    Thus it can be seen that the P-600 provides a clarified liquid that can
 be fed to a polishing filter and solids discharge with ^20% moisture amen-
 able to the solid analysis system in Figure 9.
    Alternatively, the centrifuge unit (which is a major cost item)  may be
 omitted and the underflow from the DEMCO cyclone used as the feed to the
 moving belt filter.  In addition to concentrating the solids in the  under-
 flow, classification of size distribution also occurs.  For the 3% w/w
 solids loaded Zurn spent slurry, the size distribution in a microscopic
 examination of under and overflow gave the following:
          Overflow                                Underflow
     Size, y         Cum % No.                 Size, y         Cum %  No.
       <10              87                      <10              53
       <20              99                      <20              88
       <30             100                      <30              96
                                                <40              98
                                                <50              99.5
                                                <60             100
     Tnis  obvious  classification is  a variable  dependent on cyclone  effi-
ciency parameters.   Figure 10 shows  photomicrographs  of the particles  iso-
lated from the overflow and  underflow.   Qualitative XRF analysis  of  the
solids from the separation indicated no significant classification by
species or elements.   With a 98% w/w concentration of solids in the  under-
flow,  some differentiation by compounds will  be tolerable.
                                   -72-

-------
OJ
 I
      OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS:

      INLET FEED, FPS             46
      VOLUME DEMAND, GPM       1
      PRESSURE, PSID              35
      SEPARATION CAPABILITY 97% OF
      PARTICLES LARGER THAN 4.3 MICRONS
      WITH SPECIFIC GRAVITY OF 2.3
                                                                            (300
                                                                         3 TO 10 MICRONS
               TEST RESULTS:
                    PARTICLE SIZE <10^
                    FRACTION OF SOLIDS
                    FRACTION OF VOLUME FLOW
               XW CHEMICAL ANALYSIS
                    (SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCES)
UNDERFLOW

     53%
    0.524
    0.022

Ti, Fe, Br, Cl, K,  S, Sr
     OVERFLOW

         87%
      0.476
      0.978

Ti ABSENT, Fe, Br, Cl,
K INCREASED S, Sr SAME
 i

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO


     Relative and approximati  ons  for the  three  slurry  separation subsys-
tems exclusive of the moving belt filter for solids  transport  but inclusive
of the dual  polishing filters  and pumps described above  are  as follows:
     DEMCO Cyclone                                      ^$600
     Solid Bowl (Liquid Discharging Only)              ^$3,000
     Liquid/Liquid/Solid Discharging                 ^$15,000
     Super-D-Canter                                  ^$10,000

      In the  filter/drying housing which is the second stage residual inert
 solvent or remaining moisture is volatilized in heated high pressure dry
 nitrogen  stream before  the  solids pass  into the solid analyzer sections,

 3.2  CONTINUOUS ON-LINE X-RAY FLUORESCENCE  (XRF) METHODOLOGY
      As described in Section 2.4.1  the  XRF technique was judged the best
 candidate instrumental  technique for  laboratory  and  continuous, on-line
 analysis  for elements  and cations  in  the composite slurry,  the separated
 solids and for dissolved species in the liquor (sensitivity permitting).
 Limiting  the evaluation and development effort to those candidate instru-
 ments that could conceivably provide  the on-line technology, three units
 are evaluated and ranked in Appendix  D, i.e., 1) ARL, 2) G.E. and 3) Kevex.
 Timely experimental evaluation utilizing the standard specimens delineated
 in  Table  VIII  was possible  only at  the  ARL and Kevex laboratories.  Details
 of  the experimental activity related  to the ARL unit that were pertinent
 to  the conclusions presented in Appendix D are discussed below while the
 Kevex data is  highlighted in the appendix.
     A trip  was made to Applied Research Laboratories (Sunland, California)
 for the purpose of evaluating their process control X-ray quantometer
 (PCXQ) for on-line analysis of selected chemical species in the Shawnee
 plant limestone wet scrubbing process.   The 14  specimens listed in
 Table VIII were run on  ARL's laboratory X-ray Quantometer 72000.  Although
 the Model 72000 accommodates only dry specimens, ARL personnel assured us
 that  it is the same basic X-ray fluorescent spectrometer instrument as the
 Model PCXQ minus  slurry presenter modifications.
     Several  PCXQ units  with slurry presenter modifications in beginning
 stages of fabrication and assembly were examined.  Up to 15 slurry streams
                                   -74-

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO
can be analyzed sequentially  in  an  automated mode for elements from magne-
sium upwards in the periodic  table  with  the PCXQ.   In addition,  an override
can be placed on the automated mode and  batch  solid samples may  be analyzed
by shutting off the appropriate  slurry feed streams.  Nine spectroscopic
channels of information are  available and  nine elements  in each  of the  15
slurry streams can be simultaneously detected  and analyzed.  A pulp density
monitor is incorporated into  the system  along  with  a fixed external standard.
Flow rates through the slurry sample cell  can  be 5, 15 or 50 liters/minute.
     The data generated on the ARL-PCXQ  are  in the  form  of  voltage  ratios
and are denoted

          V'ES
     where:  I  = voltage output from  sample
             IES = voltage output from a fixed external  ARL  standard
The signal data are presented in Table  XXIV.   An  analysis  of these  data
and curves generated from them lead to the observations  and conclusions
presented below.
3.2.1  Limit of Detection
     The limit of detection for sulfur  is  0.03% absolute*  in  CaCOg  and  lime-
stone-base specimens on the ARL-72000  unit.   An on-line  slurry  unit PCXQ
utilizing a helium X-ray path and a Kapton cell window will  have a  poor
limit of detection.  The limit of detection  is significantly less than  the
0.25% absolute value which has been discussed as  the lowest reasonable  value
which is  likely to be  encountered  for the slurry but higher than the low-
est 1 mM  for  the  liquid phase (0.03% is equivalent to 9.4 mM}.   For the
other elements of concern, e.g., Ca, Mg,  Fe,  Cl,  etc., the limit of de-
tection is much  lower  than the 0.1% tentative requirement (Appendix D).
3.2.2   Repeatability
     The  repeatability of the 72000 unit  was  demonstrated to be more than
adequate  for  projected use.  The precision of the  slurry model  should be
close to  the  same because the precision is largely controlled by both  the
X-ray spectrometer design and signal processing technique both  of which are

Conditions:  vacuum,  0.25-mil thick polyethylene  window, 2-minute count
                                   -75-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
                                 TABLE XXIV

                 SIGNAL DATA FROM ARL  QUANTOMETER 72000
SAMPLE
001
CaC03 (reagent grade)
Rerun 2 days later
002
CaC03 +7.9% CaS04
(1.85% Sulfur)
Rerun 2 days later
003
CaC03 + 14.6% CaS04
(3.44% Sulfur)
Rerun 2 days later
004
TVA Limestone
(0.05% Sulfur)
005
Limestone + 7.9% CaSO.
(1.87% Sulfur) *
005 (Repeat)
Limestone + 7.9% CaSO,
(1.87% Sulfur)
005
With 0.25 mil Kapton
004 (Repeat)
004
With 0.25 mil Kapton
006
Limestone + 14.6% CaSO,
(3.44% Sulfur) H
Mg
0.220
0.210
0.220

0.212
0.206

0.198
2.881

2.655

2.630

0.306
2.879
0.285
2.330

Al
0.010
0.010
0.018

0.019
0.007

0.008
0.167

0.140

0.140

0.036
0.168
0.041
0.134

S
0.054
0.054
1.294

1.332
2.697

2.666
0.074

2.031

2.052

1.000
0.076
0.059
4.544

Fe
0.344
0.360
0.416

0.422
0.360

0.390
1.276

1.166

1.169

1.182
1.279
1.294
1.127

Ca(a)
10.448
0.524
9.653

7.873
9.068

7.412
9.933

9.352

9.354

8.512
9.928
9.037
8.799

     ^'Sensitivity changes were  made in calcium determinations so the numbers
        obtained two days apart for  calcium will be different.
                                        -76-

-------
                              17551-6012-RO-OO
TABLE XXIV (CONTINUED)
SAMPLE
007
CaCO. + 7.9% CaSO, +1% Fe
(1.81% Sulfur) H
008
Limestone-TVA FA
009
Limestone-Zurn FA
010
1.5% TVA FA in 98.5%
Epoxy
on
10% TVA FA in 90% Epoxy
012
1.5% Zurn FA in 98.5%
Epoxy
013
10% Zurn FA in 90% Epoxy
014
CaC03 + 7.2% CaS04 +
7.2% Na2S03 (-40 Mesh)
1(3.43% Sulfur)
New Run
New Sample
Na2S03 (rea9ent grade)
Na2S04 (reagent grade)
NaCl (reagent grade)
NaCl with 0.25 mil Kapton
ARL (Reagent Grade)
CaC03
003
With 0.25 mil Kapton
Mg
0.211


4.805

2.026

0.307


0.786

0.299


0.344

0.192



0.194
0.197
0.088
0.100
0.249
0.125
0.272
0.266
0.147

Al
0.008


6.275

0.082

0.313


1.976

0.060


0.062

0.008



0.008
0.008
0.005
0.005
0.915
0.200
0.033
0.032
0.007

S
1.408


1.023

0.149

0.096


0.298

0.068


0.072

1.310



1.385
1.439
6.649
5.832
0.077
0.054
0.105
0.092
1.351
mm^mmm
Fe
6.082


4.000

1.877

8.710


4.000

2.160


2.180

0.361



0.426
0.380
0.585
0.700
0.493
0.528
0.490
0.505
0.424
mmmmmmi^mfm
Ca
9.592


2.576

9.850

0.133


0.866

0.362


2.376

9.612



7.786
7.662
0.031
0.031
0.030 1
0.029 1
8.382 1
8.3981
6.670 1

         -77-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO


  the same in  the  PCXQ  and  72000  systems.  The  repeatability of a single
  measurement  was  checked by  determining  the  sulfur  content in sample 002
  eleven times.  The sample contains  1.85% S  and  the mean  voltage ratio was
  1.397 ^0.0054 where  the  uncertainty  is the standard deviation.  The per-
  cent  standard  deviation is  0.4%,  far  less than  the 3% which has been viewed
  as a  requirement.
       System  repeatability after a period of time,  is good as shown from an
  experiment in  which the same  samples  were analyzed two days later.  The
  findings presented in Table XXV shows that  the  two sets  of data always
                                 TABLE XXV
             ARL-72000 VACUUM QUANTOMETER REPEATABILITY  DATA
Specimen and
Element
Sample 001
Mg
S
Fe
Sample 002
Mg
S
Fe
Sample 003
Mg
S
Fe
Voltage Ratios
First Data
Set

0.220
0.054
0.344

0.212
1.294
0.416

0.206
2.697
0.360
Second Data Set
2 Days Later

0.210
0.054
0.360

0.220
1.332
0.422

0.198
2.666
0.390
•— —«•__!
Rel ati ve
Reliability

5
0
3

4
3
2

4
3
8
•M«^ 	
agree to within 10% of their nominal value and more frequently agree to
within 4%.  Again, the conclusion is that a 10% fluctuation around a nominal
1% sulfur value will  be readily detected.
3.2.3  Matrix Effects
     Figures 11 and 12 demonstrate that both elemental  sulfur and calcium
working curves are influenced by the matrix material  in which the sulfur
                                     -78-

-------
10

I
      GO
      LU
                                                          VES
                                Figure  11.   Working Curves  for Sulfur Analysis
                                                                                                                             en
                                                                                                                             CJl
CT>
o

ro
i

§


§

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO







10









in
t—t A
-^ 9
o

A
0
•F—
4->
ra
(Y

M

0
>
8




7
r—



H
'
'


-
• H
-
:

—
-



--










_


-

—






—
-i

'

— l
>-i
...
H









-




-





\

:.






-
' '
—


-
—

—







^




i


-
:
-





_
.-
•






r™


~
—
7
'-
_







-







:;
...
r

•
-

-

•




-




h-
'I
-
—

-



'


;




_



~

-








-




-
-
_.
'




-f


~







	


-.
...










1


—
•
-
-





x







-


-
-

—



-




--•-



,4-
•f-
2
r
-j -
k -i-
...p

r




1




1


-•




4"

xx
T
•
t




-




•





S

-


-














t
•








-




-
x
















-



>










1
.-
_^

f-

















-



x
»
-









-
-
.1
V
S














1


-

-

3




-






:
v
p
&











~


-




-
i





-






,
'e

i






























-

N

/ r
';





-







""
-










—



•-
-
<>
>v
^
?
.
1


-


-







-


--

X1






-





$






-















x






-





S
K








--




-


-
-



*






-




(c
V
X





-


-




-









._









#

X1
















:






-




	




f
^
<•
'








-




-


-


X1

-











X

\





-










-
••

X



-




-



{

^
—
-




-••







-


-
— '

*



--




-



t
Y

-
:




-


...







:
—

^

-






-



r1


.
-
-














_.


X
#








_



^
x










-







~
c

x
2












^
?
-
-





--











*
x


-

:








/

-
-













-



?
-

-



-








*
-
-






-







~



Ti
x

-








-



x
(I
ff

—





-







-


(
x





-




-



_
/[
1
-
-





-










^
>

-



•-




-


'
I


-.
-
-














£


-













-
-
-
-
-














a
?











x^



-
-
r-
-
-






-




...


b.
x-




•






^






—
-












-


X
"•



-

-




-




-

-
-
...






-







X


-



-









—

-
::
-






-i







x


-



...




_




-


-
-



-


-







X
-










-





-
-





-











.

-








-



-
-
-
-








-





c
x
:




-










-


-








-





>

















-

-
-
-














j
»
—

-

-

-











-
-•
-



-


"




/









-








-
-


-
-



-


-




i





-












-
-










-



s



















—




—










^



:.
-

-

1

-




—



__
-T
i_
Ti

-
- -






_ -


~f




. . .
;

:.;-j



I
                            Weight % Calcium
                     Figure 12.   Calcium Working  Curves
                                    -80-

-------
                                                         17551-6012-RO-OO
is contained.  In Figure 11, two curves  were  generated  for  specimens with

the same sulfur contents; the only difference in  the  specimens  is  that  one
set contained limestone (natural CaC03)  as  a  diluent  for CaSO^  and one  set

contained reagent grade CaCO~.   Particle sizes were about the same.   It is

clear from the figures that the output ratio  from the Quantometer  is  in-
fluenced by the matrix, and that separate working curves are needed for

CaCO, and limestone matrices.  'The explanation for this effect  may rest in
    0
the presence of trace elements in limestone and  it may  very well be possi-

ble to take this effect into account by monitoring the  magnesium content
on a separate spectrometer.

3.2.4  Quantitative  Interpretation

     Using the limestone + CaSO, working curves in Figures 11 and 12,  the
following information was determined for the  limestone/TVA flyash  and lime-

stone/Zurn flyash  specimens:

     t    For quantitative analysis it is essential  to  prepare  refer-
          ence specimens having all the same ingredients including
          limestone and flyash.  In the studies  reported here poor
          agreement with wet analysis was obtained using working
          curves which did not include flyash.  However, in previous
          work conducted at TRW, excellent agreement  was obtained  on
          the TVA specimens when flyash was added to  the matrix.

     0    The TVA specimen appears to be considerably different than
          the Zurn flyash specimen with regards  to other elements
          also.  The TVA flyash specimen contains approximately
          2-1/2 times the quantity of Mg, 75 times the quantity of
          aluminum, twice as much Fe, and 1/4 as  much Ca as the Zurn
          flyash specimen.  Specimen 007 contained 0.9  % w/w  Fe to
          check interference between iron and sulfur  in a CaC03-base
          sample.  The curve in Figure  11  (points #2 and #7)  indicates
          that the 0.9 % w/w iron had virtually no effect on  the 1.8 %
          w/w sulfur determination.

 3.2.5   Particle Size Effects

     The output signal is influenced by particle size  in the specimen.
 This effect was dramatically illustrated by  samples  006 and 014.   Both

 specimens contain 3.44 % w/w sulfur except 014 contains about  half the

 sulfur as the sulfite ion.  At first, it was found that.the  signal from
                                    -81-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO

 014 was about half of what was expected and it was  thought  that  a dis-
 tinction might be made between the S04~ and S03~  ions.  Auxiliary deter-
 minations on reagent grade Na2$04 and Na2$03 proved that  such  a  distinc-
 tion was not possible, and instead it was  observed  that a large  difference
 existed between the particle sizes of CaS04 and Na2S03>   An additional
 sample was prepared in which all  the  constituents were passed  through a
 400 mesh screen (37 micron opening).   The  data for  this sample showed that
 as long as the particle size remains  small  (<37 micron),  spurious results
 due to particle size will  be eliminated.   The particle size effect should
 be common to all  X-ray fluorescence units  and is  not unique to one vendor.
 No problem is anticipated  in actual wet scrubber  operation  where over 80%
 of all  particles  are smaller than  30 microns  (This  observation was made from
 classification  of spent limestone  slurry solids from  Zurn,  KPL and Shawnee
 wet limestone facilities).
 3.2.6   Dilution Effects
     Dilution effects  (or, stated  another way,  the effects of  solids load-
 ing) are  handled  in  a  straightforward manner by use of a concentration-
 loading-signal map.   Figure  13 contains experimental data in a hypothetical
 map.  The main point is  that  the signal strength is proportional  to the
 solid  loading fraction  for the TVA flyash.   Secondly, the broken lines in-
 dicate  the manner  in which such a map might be  used in a real  operation.
 A  signal  strength  value  for  sulfur is first determined.   A percent solids
 loading is next determined via a pulp density gauge which is built into
 the ARL system.  The point where the two lines  intersect gives the weight
 percent sulfur in  the  solid portion of the slurry sample.
 3.2.7  Analysis of Liquid Samples
     Throughout the  evaluation session it was realized that  the ARL-72000
was a highly  optimized laboratory unit and that a lower  level  of perform-
 ance would be expected in the PCXQ slurry system.   As a  result, the follow-
 ing series of experiments was conducted to  determine, in an  appropriate
manner, the behavior which might be expected on a PCXQ system.
     The  experiments consisted simply of covering the dry samples with a
0.25-mil  sheet of Kapton*.   The voltage ratios were comoared with those ob-
tained with Kapton absent.   The data are presented in Table  XXVI.   For

 *Kapton is the slurry cell  window material  in the PCXQ system.
                                   -82-

-------
                                                    17551-6012-RO-OO
   100
                                     0.1
                             SULFUR SIGNAL IS/IES

 Figure 13.   Conceptual  Concentration-Loading-Signal Map for Sulfur

every element except iron**,  the X-ray  intensity  (voltage  ratio) decreased
when Kapton was introduced.   The reduction was  most severe for magnesium
and this was expected because the magnesium radiation  has  the longest wave-
length (hence, softest X-radiation).  A comparison  for sulfur was  made  be-
tween sample 004 (Limestone)  and 005  (Limestone-7.9^ w/w CaSO.)  under the
**The slight increase in the iron signal may be due to the 30-100 ppm iron
impurity which is frequently found in all grades of Kapton except the
electronic grade.
                                   -83-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
                               TABLE XXVI
             EFFECT OF KAPTON WINDOW ON X-RAY SPECTROMETER
                      PERFORMANCE: 0.25-MIL SHEET
Sample
002 Mg
AT
S
Fe
Ca
003 Mg
Al
S
Fe
Ca
004 "Mg
(Lime-. Al
stone)
Fe
Ca
005 Mg
Al
S
Fe
Ca
Voltage Ratio Values
No Kapton
0.212
0.019
1.332
0.422
7.873
0.198
0.008
2.666
0.390
7.412
2.879
0.168
0.076
1.279
9.928
2.630
0.140
2.052
1.169
9.354
0.25-Mil Kapton Sheet
0.148
0.010
0.753
0.463
7.098
0.147
0.007
1.351
0.424
6.670
0.285
0.041
0.059
1.294
9.037
0.306
0.036
1.000
1.182
8.512
two situations and the results were extrapolated to the case where a 1-mil
Kapton window would be used.  The results demonstrated that although the
Kapton does degrade the performance of the unit, the detection limit with
a 1-mil window is still below the 0.25% level (e.g., 0.20 % w/w).
                                   -84-

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO
3.2.8  Advantages of the ARL System
     ARL claims at least two patented features  of their Quantometer,  an
external standard to optimize system stability  and a slurry density  gauge.
The external standard consists of a brass or titanium disc positioned to
intercept a portion of the primary X-ray beam adjacent to the  sample. The
resulting non-dispersed X-ray signal is detected by a sealed detector.
The detector output is integrated across a capacitor simultaneously  with
all other detector signals being measured, and  is subsequently divided into
the intensity values obtained in the elemental  capacitors, hence,  the IS/EES
outputs.  This ratio technique is automated by  terminating the overall in-
tegration period when the external standard capacitor reaches  a predeter-
mined fixed voltage (e.g., 4 volts).  The slurry density gauge utilizes
backscattered X-rays from the white spectrum to monitor changes in solids
concentration.  A curve of voltage from the scattered radiation channel vs
wet specific gravity (measured as slurry density) is produced.  The curve
is good only for a slurry of a specific type.  A major matrix  change from
lime concentrate to clay slime, for example, would require the use of dif-
ferent pulp density correction curves.  Slurry density (or pulp density)
correction curves must be generated for each element of interest.
     The ARL PCXQ slurry unit is the recommended system for wet-scrubber
on-line process monitoring of Ca, Mg, total sulfur and the other elements
of concern.  Its strong point is its proven ability to present and analyze
slurry specimens.  The weakness of X-ray fluorescence in general seems to
be its sensitivity to specimen matrix, particle size, and slurry density.
Corrections for these effects could be readily made with the aid of digital
computer programs which are available from ARL.  A discussion  of multiple
utilization of this computer for data acquisition and reduction of the out-
put of other analytical instruments at the test site is presented in
Section 4.
     Solids Analyzer 2 and Solids Analyzer 3 shown in the design concept
for continuous solids separation and analysis were originally considered
as one XRF and one XRD unit.  No commercially available on-line XRD  unit
has been found to date however, the concept is feasible with  a dry powder
presenter.  As presently conceived, Analyses 1, 2 and 3 are three feed
                                  -85-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO
 streams to the same XRF instrument.   The advantage of this  multi-stream
 approach is that total sulfur and elements are determined  in the  composite
 slurry; after filtration (with or without solvent washing)  and mild  drying,
 major differences between dissolved  and solid constituents  may be  estimated;
 and, finally, after pyrolysis for thermal removal  of C02  from "available"
 carbonate and S02 from  test labile sulfur species, the concentrations  of
 Ca, Mg and other low level constituents are maximized in  the solids  to im-
 prove detectability and eliminate dilution and matrix effects.   Automatic
 dry powder presenters for the last XRF channel are available from  several
 sources.  G.E. presents a slightly compressed, smoothed sample contained
 in a moving cup (XEG System) while ARL offers a briquetting unit for pel-
 letizing the samples at 40,000 psi.
 3.3  CONTINUOUS ON-STREAM CARBONATE  ANALYSIS
      It should be noted that in addition to demonstrating the utility of
 X-ray fluorescence in the continuous solids analysis system, Figure  10,
 the feasibility of the  continuous thermal liberation of C02 from still
 "active" slurry solids  with quantitative C02 measurement  was amply demon-
 strated.  Filtered, dried solids from the Demco cyclone efficiency tests
 (Section 3.1) (utilizing the spent Zurn slurry) were obtained from the
 overflow (to polishing  filter for analyses requiring optical  clarity)  and
 underflow (to solids analyzer system).  It will  be recalled that although
 size classification occurs in the cyclone, the XRF analysis indicated  no
 discernible compositional  differences in the overflow and underflow  solids.
 The carbonate values shown below tend to corroborate that conclusion:
                                     Carbonate Content,  %  w/w
           Demco Overflow                     57.0
                                              58.5
                                  Average     57.8
           Demco Underflow                    57.8
                                              57.0
                                  Average     57.4
     These analyses, exclusive of separation and drying required  approxi-
mately five minutes per test.  The Leco laboratory unit provides  simultan-
eous C02 and S02 elapsed analysis time of 60 seconds.  Automation of  Leco
                                    -86-

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO
sample injection operations  would  provide  an  interesting  alternative  to
XRF determinations which should take less  time.
     It is believed that continuous  measurement  or  certainly  consecutive
batch sampling and determination of  the available carbonate in  the  slurry
scrubbing process will  provide key process control  information  on the
capacity of the spent stream and recycle stream  that will permit maximum
utilization of the slurry and thereby significantly improve process cost
effectiveness.

3.4  DEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR WET SCRUBBER BISULFITE ANALYZER (WSBA) PROTOTYPE
     FABRICATION AND EVALUATION
     With the completion of the laboratory development phase  of the UV fur-
fural bleaching method for sulfite,  the next phase, i.e., to  provide a pre-
liminary design for automation of the procedure, was implemented.  In order
to support most effectively the 1972 start-up date for the EPA Limestone-Wet
Scrubber Test facility at Paducah,  Kentucky, the plan for provision of a
sulfite method has been first  to provide a detailed instrumental method,
which has been accomplished (see Appendix E), and second, to design a batch
automated type analyzer for laboratory utilization.  The objective is to
provide the most  economic procedure  in terms of 1) speed and simplicity of
performance, 2) maximum versatility, and 3) ease of implementation.
     A flow diagram design of  the batch automated analyzer to meet these
objectives is presented in  Figure 14.  This design is based on  the follow-
ing  considerations to achieve  complete automation with attainable required
analytical accuracy:
     •    Sampling system:  a dual sample  system that has a 9-minute
          time  cycle for each  sample position is required.  The dual
          system  is  to  have a  4.5-minute  overlap between samples
          yielding an initial  throughput  capacity of approximately
          100 samples/shift.   This  can easily be doubled or  tripled
          at  a  later time.
     •    Sample  dilution ratios;   the optimum  ratios for  a  2  dilution
          system  are approximately  17:1 for  the reagent  add  stage  of
           the low concentration sample, and  170:1  total  dilution for
           the high concentration  sample.
      •    Bleach  development  time:   a  minimum development  time ap-
           pears to be around  5 or 6 minutes.
                                    -87-

-------
             ,IXING COIL;
           MIXING COIL
HEAT EXCHANGER
LAUDA MODEL KS481
DELAY COIL
                                                                                           WASTE
                                                           BLUE
                                                                     BLUE
                                                                       O
                                                                       O
                                                                              MI/MIN

                                                                              0.80 NITROGEN
                                                                              1.60 DISTILLED WATER
                                                                              0.16 SAMPLE
                                                                              0.16 SAMPLE
                                                                              2.90 REAGENT
                                                                              1.20 NITROGEN
                                                                              2.00 WASTE
                                                          PROPORTIONING PUMP TECHNICON MODEL !
                    CIRCULATING SYSTEM
                    CONSTANT TEMPERATURE BATH-PRECISION
                                              UV MONITOR MODEL 1280
                                              LABORATORY DATA CONTROL
SARGENT RECORDER MODEL SR
                                                                         at
                                                                         CD
                                                                         ro
                                                                         i
                                                                         §
                                                                         o
                                                                         O
                                                   CHEMINERT
                                                   CHROMATRONIX
                                                   3 WAY VALVE
                                                                                                        VALVE, SKINNER

                                                                                                        4-WAY SOLENOID
                                                                                                            TIMER, CRAMER
                                                                                                                         NITROGEN GAS
                                        Figure  14.   WSBA  Flow Diagram

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO
     •    Temperature:   5% error band is  induced  by  a  1.2°C  change  in
          temperature.
     •    Analyzer cell;   the cells must  be temperature  controlled
          and be capable of having prior  samples  pumped  out.
     •    Spectrometer:   a dual  beam grating or prism  instrument with
          a reproducibility in transmission units of approximately
          0.2% at 276 m is required (a line source  at 276 «M could
          also be used).
     Recommended future studies  will concentrate  initially on factors  to
evaluate the selection of the parastaltic pump.  These studies will deter-
mine the dilution and reagent addition steps, and flexible tube stability.
The first experiments will investigate the dead space  and mixing effects of
the total system under test.  Subsequently, a study  of temperature  effects
will be conducted with the pump and reagents at 22°C and 40°C using various
dilutions with primary emphasis on the 17:1 dilution ratio.
     In addition, it is recommended to determine  the extent  of detector
error through repetitive calibration runs (e.g.,  five samples, five times
for five different days).  Premixed standards will be used  for all  tests.
In addition, other experimental  parameters will be assessed  individually,
such as flow - stop flow in the UV cell,  temperature controller, dilution
ratio, mix chamber, bubble rate, furfural adding, and sample adding effects,
When the extent of individual factors have been determined,  the key output-
dependent characteristics will be varied  in the total  system to determine
whether the continued effects are additive.  The  magnitude  of these error
effects will be quantitized through statistical treatment of the data.
3.5  BENCH SCALE WET SCRUBBING PROCESS SIMULATOR
     A modular bench scale test loop wet  scrubber was  designed and  fabri-
cated to permit evaluation of the recommended methods  under  simulated use
conditions.  A loop system was selected because of the necessity of: 1)
closely approximating the full scale operating unit, 2)  accurate control,
and 3) producing stable (equilibrium) and unstable (non-equilibrium) con-
ditions for evaluating candidate instrumental methodology under known,
controllable conditions with realistic compositions.  A schematic  diagram
is presented in Figure 15 while a photograph of the fully assembled system
is shown in  Figure  16.

                                    -89-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
          GASEOUS NITROGEN
MAKEUP CONNECTION
VdGAS RELIEF VALVE ,
GAS BLOCK VALVE 1
1 t>d
r~| f| r"|ROTOMETERS
| | | | |_J 0 - .5 CFM
SO2 CO2 \°2 {
((
^ 	 C~T~^K"'°'
10 CFM BLOWER,
W/ DRIVER
t.»
1/20 HP ELECTRIC STIRRER
-------

                                      GAS CIRCULATING  BLOWER
                                                              FLOW METER  FOR


                                                               PACKED BED
PACKED BED SCRUBBER


              1
                                        VENTURI  SCRUBS  1  0  A'1ALVZER >    GAS  CHROMATOGRAPH
       MULTI-GAS BLENDER
                                                                           THERM'O-METER
                                                   DEMCO CONE   SLURRY FLOW


                                                    &  FILTER    METER-TOTAL
                                 CONDUCTIVITY

                                A;IALYZER
                                                         SLURRY CIRCULATING



                                                                                                                      o
                                                                                                                      o
Figure  16.   Photograph of  Instrumented Bench Scale  Process Scrubber Simulator

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO

     The system consists of a bench scale Venturi  scrubber with a second
stage packed bed, fitted with a recirculating  gas  stream.  The pressure
drop associated with the packed bed is about 0.5-inch  of water, the pressure
drop due to the Venturi is about 1  inch of water and the pressure drop as-
sociated with the ducting is 0.4-inch of water.  The packed  bed is 9-1nch
deep and has a diameter of 4-inch.   The ducting  is 2-inch  I.D. throughout.
The Venturi has a throat size of 1  inch.

     The recirculating gas stream is moved via blower  K-101.  The composi-
tion of the recirculating gas stream is controlled by  the  Minor Gas
Addition facility.  This facility allows the addition  of small amounts of
gases via rotometers and bottled gas.  Gases such  as SOg.  C02 and 02  are
controlled in this manner.  Nitrogen is bled into  the  system to make  up
that amount which has been absorbed by the circulating slurry and maintain
a positive inert gas blanket.  The level of slurry in  the  liquid separator
V-103 is controlled in this manner.  The composition of the  gas stream is
monitored by gas analyzer AR-104, which gives  compositions of S02> C02 and
Op in the circulating stream.
     The liquid slurry exits the Venturi scrubber  via  the  liquid separator
V-103.  The temperature in the downcomer is measured and  recorded by  TR-105.
Analyses of the slurry can be provided in the downcomer by tapping a  port
for analyzer AR-105.  The liquid stream from the liquid separator dumps
into a 15-gallon delay tank (T101), where it is agitated with a  1/20  horse-
power electric laboratory stirrer (M-101), and the temperature  is adjusted
and controlled by a tank heater (E-101).  The temperature  is measured and
recorded by TR-101.  The residence time in this delay  tank is about one
hour with a design slurry flow of 0.2 gpm.
     The liquid slurry travels to the process  feed tank along one of  two
routes.  It can travel along the straight transfer section,  or  it can be
diverted through a filter.  The purpose of the filter  is  to  take  out  solids
from the circulating slurry.  The composition of the  slurry exiting  the
delay tank is monitored and recorded by AR-101.
     The solids content of the slurry in Process Feed  Tank (T-102),  a 15-
gallon, 304 stainless steel tank equipped with a 1/2  horsepower laboratory
                                   -92-

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO
stirrer, is adjusted by adding limestone from  the solids  hopper.  The  com-
position of the tank is monitored and recorded by the  process  analyzer
AR-102.  The temperature in this tank is maintained by tank  heater  E-102
and is measured and recorded by TR-102.
     The adjusted slurry from T-102 is transported along  the transfer  line
with a positive displacement pump, P-101.  This pump has  the capacity  of
0.1 to 0.3 gpm.  This range is required so that the liquid to  gas ratio
present in the packed bed Venturi scrubber is  capable  of  being changed.
Accurate flow of the pump output can be adjusted via the  recycle stream to
T-102.  The temperature in this section of line is recorded on TR-103.  The
flow then splits, part going through the counter-current  flow section  of
the packed bed.  The other part of the flow goes to the thread of the
Venturi.  The flow which goes to the packed bed section is measured on flow
indicator FI-104, while the flow to the Venturi scrubber is determined by
difference utilizing the flow monitored on flow indicator FI-103.
     All liquid lines present in the bench loop simulator are of 1/4-inch
polypropylene, with an 0.028-inch wall.  Utilizing this type of tubing,
the flow velocity is about 1.8-feet per second.
     This unit has been used to test the applicability of the recommended
methods under controlled conditions, as described below.   For this  series
of experiments the process feed tank  (T-102) was by-passed from the delay
tank (T-101) directly to the variable speed slurry pump (P-101).  Contin-
uous pH measurement of scrubber effluent from the Venturi downcomer was
accomplished in the 15-gallon delay tank (T-101) by means of a combina-
tion electrode connected to a Corning Model 12 research pH meter.  Readout
was monitored  continuously on a strip chart recorder.  This may be con-
sidered in-line analyzer AR-105.   For a  brief description of available
process pH monitoring equipment see Section 3.6  and Appendix  G.
     Initial check-out and operation with  gaseous S02  feed  and limestone
slurry  (3.6% w/w solids) revealed  three  mechanical problems that were  recti-
fied prior to  proceeding to demonstrating  proposed method applicability
and varying processing parameters.  The  first difficulty was  associated
with the 10 cfm gas circulation blower  (K-101) which  utilized air  intake
                                   -93-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO


to cool  the motor.  It was necessary to seal the blower and provide exter-
nal  cooling.  In the slurry circulation check-out run, the phenolic im-
peller of the Flowtek, Inc., circulation pump P-101  split in half,  abort-
ing  the  run after one hour of operation.  After replacement and continuous
operation of the replacement impeller, it was examined, showing considera-
ble  abrasive wear.  Because no rubber or stainless steel  replacement im-
pellers were available, this pump was replaced in favor of a Jabsco pump
with rubber impeller.  The last modification to the  scrubber was required
in the packed bed packing material which initially was Raschig rings.   This
bed  packing tended to collect and accumulate slurry  solids to the point of
flow stoppage.  This problem was remedied by replacing the Raschig  rings
with large rings (3/4-inch O.D. x 1-inch long) made  from PVC pipe.
     The following paragraphs describe the experiments that were performed
to determine 1) the inherent oxidation effect of the scrubber system in the
absence of oxygen and flyash, and 2) demonstrate the utility of the recom-
mended procedures.  Additionally, several scrubber experiments were per-
formed through in-house support to examine the effect of temperature,  fly-
ash  and oxygen.
3.5.1  Bench Scale Scrubber Tendency for Slurry Oxidation
     To establish the system baseline tendency for oxidation of sulfite to
sulfate, prior to flue gas, flyash, limestone or oxygen addition, the  bench
scrubber was charged with 10 liters of deionized, deaerated water prepared
by nitrogen sparging and 6.244 g NaHS03 reagent (^6  mM).   A zero time
sample (blank) was taken from the catch tank prior to slurry circulation.
Samples (100 ml) were taken every 15 minutes for the two-hour duration of
the experiment.  A positive pressure or blanket of inert N2 gas was main-
tained throughout the test.  The pH of the catch tank was determined by
monitor AR-105.  Table XXVII presents the results of the  analyses for  bisul-
fite ion as well as the pH of the catch tank solution at  the time each
sample was taken.   The data correlates very well between  pH and the apparent
sulfate formed from oxidation.  Elapsed time for the sulfite analysis  by
the laboratory instrumental method (Appendix E) was  approximately five
minutes for the time of sampling whereas the furfural/buffer addition  was
performed immediately upon sampling.  More important than gaining experi-
ence and confidence in the methods was establishing  the baseline behavior

                                   -94-

-------
                                                   17551-6012-RO-OO
                             TABLE XXVII
              BISULFITE ANALYSIS FOR BISULFITE OXIDATION
                   BENCH SCRUBBER EXPERIMENT 104
•^^•M
No.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Time, Min.
0
15
30
45
60
75
90
105
120
HS03" Cone., mM
5.85
5.50
5.10
4.69
4.32
4.14
3.93
3.54
3.29
S(IV) Removed
-
6
13
20
26
29
33
40
44
PH
4.95
4.00
3.85
3.75
3.70
3.60
3.60
3.50
3.40
of the scrubber system to help elucidate the results of the forthcoming
experiments.  At the present time it is only possible to point out several
possible causes for the observed oxidation phenomenon.  They may include
surface oxide coating, residual dissolved oxygen and last, perhaps most
significant phenomenon, the spontaneous decomposition of bisulfite reported
by Chertkov (Reference 18) as follows:
          4HS03" •*• S3062" + S042" + 2H20                                (22)

The formed trithionate then hydrolyzes to yield more sulfate and thiosul-
fate which then reacts with an intermediate HS03 radical to yield more tri-
thionate:

          S3°62" + H2° * S2°32" + S042" * 2H+                          (23)
          HS03 + OH + HS-HS03 * (HSO^-S + HgO                         (24)
     The possibility that added sulfur (as SO^) was being lost to the sys-
tem walls in a passivation process rather than the more probable oxidation
or disproportionate reactions described above was investigated further.
A second sodium bisulfite run was conducted with an approximate charge  of
                                    -95-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO



6 mM HSO^".  Both bisulfite and total sulfur as sulfate* were determined

every 15 minutes over a two-hour period of recirculation.  Oxygen was added

after the first hour of operation.  After the first hour the sulfite de-

creased from 6 mM to ^3 mM (^50% decrease) and at the conclusion of the

second hour the sulfite level was 1.5 mM (^75% decrease).  Total sulfur in
solution remained essentially unchanged throughout.

3.5.2  Evaluation of Recommended Methods for Characterization of the

       Limestone Scrubber Process

     The two experiments described in this section, utilizing the bench

scale wet scrubber  loop with fresh TVA limestone and gaseous S02, were di-

rected specifically toward demonstration of the utility  of the developed

WSBA method and applicability of atomic absorption spectroscopy and pH

monitoring.

3.5.2.1  Standard Operating Procedure for Bench Scale Scrubber - In each of

the experiments described in this section as well as those in the following
Section 3.5.3, the  procedure for charging the scrubber,  feeding the simu-

lated flue gas and  operating the process were very nearly identical.  They
were as follows:

          Three pounds of screened (less than 30 mesh) TVA feed
     limestone was  added to 10 gallons of nitrogen-sparged, de-
     ionized water  in the process run tank and mixed.  The feed
     pump was then  started and the flow adjusted to run condi-
     tions, 0.1 gpm through the Venturi scrubber and 0.1 9Pm
     through the packed bed scrubber.  The blower was then
     started and sulfur dioxide was introduced at a flow rate
     of 0.015 cfm.  The sulfur dioxide addition was continued
     for a period of 45 minutes and then terminated.  The cir-
     culation of the gas system at approximately 12 cfm was con-
     tinued for 75 minutes more, with the addition of 0.0177 CFM
     nitrogen.  One hundred milliliter samples of the slurry mix-
     ture were taken from position AR 101 at the start of the ex-
     periment (before S02 flow) and every 15 minutes thereafter.
     The samples were immediately filtered through two Whatman 41
     filter pads while under a nitrogen blanket maintained by a
     flow of dry GN2-  The clear filtrates were collected and one
     aliquot analyzed immediately for bisulfite ion [total S(IV)]
 *Total dissolved sulfur values were obtained by oxidation of the aliquot
 with  3%  hydrogen peroxide, precipitation with barium chloride and gravi-
 metric determination of the barium sulfate.


                                   -96-

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO
     using the furfural  bleaching  method.   Atomic  absorption  analy-
     sis for cations was performed on a  separate aliquot  of the
     filtered sample.  The pH was  continuously  monitored  using
     AR 105, previously described.
3.5.2.2  Results of Characterization of  Scrubber  Slurries - The  two scrubber
experiments were designated Runs No. 105 and 106  and were identical  with
the exception that No. 106 incorporated  an oxygen  addition at the 180 min
elapsed run time and involved more comprehensive  characterization for com-
parison to process parameter variation runs detailed in Section  3.5.3. The
data obtained for these runs are shown in Table XXVIII.
                              TABLE XXVIII
              BISULFITE ANALYSIS FOR THE LIMESTONE SLURRY
                    BENCH SCALE SCRUBBER EXPERIMENTS
Time
No. Min.
0 0
1 15
2 30
3 45
4 6C
5 75
6 90
7 105
8 120
9 180
pH
1105 1106
9.40 9.50
7.30 7.45
6.85 6.90
6.65 6.60
6.65 6.60
6.65 6.65
6.70 6.70
6.70 6.70
6.80 6.75
6.95
Oxygen flow started
10 315
11 390
7.50
7.70
Bisulfite
(mM)
1105 #106
0 0
1.25 1.19
2.67 2.19
3.31 2.81
1.53 2.22
1.74 1.68
1.45 1.51
1.39 1.39
1.10 1.24
0.69
after Sample 9
0.03
0.10
Total Sulfur
in Solids
(9) 106
-
-
...
2.6
-
-
-
-
-
-
taken
8.0
8.9
Total Sulfur
in Filtrate
(mg), 106
-
.
-
12.8
-
-
-
.
_
6.6


7.2
Fe in
Filtrate
ppm, 106
.
_
<0.1
<0.1
<0.1
-
-
_
_
<0.1

<0.1
-
Ca in
Filtrate
mM, 106



5.16
4.81
5.30



4.71



     The  results  available for comparison between Runs 105 and 106, i.e.,
 through a run  time  of  120 min for  bisulfite and pH, show very good agree-
 ment.  The significance of this finding  is that the run parameters are
 stable and controllable with the TRW bench scale design and, in addition,
 that 1) the WSBA  laboratory instrumental method is an  improvement over
 currently available methodology, and 2)  automation will provide further
 economic  advantage.
                                   -97-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
      It should be noted that  the  continual  loss  of  sulfite through this
 point in the scrubber operation remained  perplexing.  The process para-
 metric study discussed in  the next  section  provided invaluable information
 on at least one important  phenomenon  contributed to this loss and that may
 be an important factor in  the TVA operation.

 3.5.3  Study of Wet Scrubber Process  Variables Using the TRW Bench Scale
        System
      As described above, the bench  scale  limestone  scrubber  unit was  suc-
 cessfully used to demonstrate the utility of the recommended analytical
 procedures for rapid characterization of  filtered limestone  slurry mixture
 composition.  The additional  studies  described below were conducted at TRW
 through partial in-house support, and although these studies are beyond the
 scope of the current program, they  are reported because they 1)  are relevant
 to the chemistry of limestone scrubbing processes,  and  2) clearly  identify
 future areas of technical  endeavor  required for detailed elucidation  of the
 significant processes needed  for  systematic process design improvements.
 3.5.3.1  Experimental - The bench scale limestone scrubbing  process simu-
 lator was used exclusively in these experiments.   Figure 16  shows  the unit
 with associated heat-traced lines and analysis instrumentation located
 nearby to facilitate rapid analyses.   In  these experiments,  sampling  was
 accomplished by periodic removal  of 100-milliliter  samples of the slurry
 mixture from the sampling  point AR  101, rather than using the recommended
 continuous Demco/polishing filter approach  (because of  the high  liquid
 flow requirements of the latter unit).

      In these experiments, operating  temperature, fly ash and oxygen  were
 variables evaluated for their influence on  the  limestone scrubber chemistry
 In these studies  the total  solids loading was  maintained at  3.1  to 3.6% w/v
 When limestone/fly ash mixtures were  employed  the limestone  content was
 2.5% w/v and the  fly ash content  was  0.6% w/v.   Because insufficient  TVA f|v
 ash was on hand for the entire series  of  experiments, it was  decided  to use
 the available fly ash from Nevada Power Plant, Moapa, Nevada.  However, its
 chemical  composition was considerably  different  than that previously  obtain
 from the Shawnee  Power Plant,  Paducah,  Kentucky.  Consequently,  it was modi-
 fied by addition  of oxides  of iron, cobalt  and nickel to bring its metal

                                    -98-

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO
composition to values directly comparable  to  that of the  Shawnee  Power  Plant
fly ash.  In addition, the Moapa fly ash was  considerably more  basic  than
that from the Shawnee Power Plant, hence,  the charge was  neutralized  (in  a
slurry form) to pH 7 with hydrochloric acid prior to system addition.   In
this way, the pH of the system during sulfur  dioxide addition was maintained
between 6.3 and 7.8, which is representative  of operational  units of  the
Kansas Power and Light Company and the Key West Electric  Company.
     The general operating procedure consisted of charging the  reservoir
with 12 gallons (45.5 liters) of deionized water, adjusting the temperature
to the desired level and deaerating the water by sparging it with argon gas
and stirring it for two hours.  Limestone  and neutralized fly  ash slurry
were added as desired for the experiment.   Gas phase preparations consisted
of heating the system to the desired temperature and purging it with  nitro-
gen gas maintained at a flow rate of 0.018 cfm.  At the beginning of  the  run,
slurry pumping through both the flooded bed and Venturi scrubber was  initi-
ated and then sulfur dioxide was introduced into the system at a flow rate
of 0.015 cfm (at 22°C).  After 45 minutes, the sulfur dioxide  feed was
terminated and the nitrogen gas flow was allowed to continue throughout the
remainder of the experiment to preclude any oxygen pick up from the surround-
ing environment.  Subsequent mass spectroscopic analysis  of the reagent
grade sulfur dioxide gas revealed an assay of only 86% v/v with the remainder
consisting of air.  Therefore, the 45-minute addition of sulfur dioxide re-
sulted in introduction of a total analytical  concentration equivalent to
15.0 mM  S(IV) present in the 45.5 liters of slurry.  The corresponding oxygen
content  introduced  during  sulfur  dioxide  addition was 0.48 mM Og.  These
values  are  true as  well  for  Runs  No.  105  and No.  106 above, but  the quan-
tity  of  oxygen  added  with  the S02 does  not account  for the bisulfite loss.
In  Run  112,  when  oxygen  was  added deliberately  to the  system, the nitrogen
feed  was reduced  to 0.014  cfm and oxygen  was added  at  a  rate of  0.004  cfm
(resulting  in  a total  oxygen  content  equivalent to  5.46  mM, if soluble in
the 45.5 liters of  slurry).   On  termination  of  the  sulfur  dioxide and  02
feed  after  45  min in Run 112, the nitrogen feed rate was increased to
0.018 cfm.
                                    -99-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
      As  mentioned  previously,  100-ml aliquots of the slurry were taken
 from the delay  tank  prior to sulfur dioxide introduction and every 15 min-
 utes after  experiment  initiation.  The samples were filtered immediately
 through  a Whatman  42 filter paper under a nitrogen-purged plastic dry bag.
 The clear filtrates were collected in 100-ml volumetric flasks and then
 analyzed within  two minutes of sampling for bisulfite ion [total S(IV)]
 using the furfural bleaching method.  The pH was monitored continuously at
 AR 105 using  the Corning Model 12 pH meter and a combination electrode
 coupled  to  a  strip chart recorder.  Selected filtrate samples were analyzed
 for total sulfur content (peroxide oxidation followed by barium ion pre-
 cipitation) and  total  calcium  ion content (atomic absorption).
 3.5.3.2   Results - The findings of these experiments were somewhat surpris-
 ing.  Figure  17  shows  typical  smoothed curves for liquor bisulfite ion con-
 centration  as a  function of  time.  At room temperature (Run 106), it is
 seen that approximately 20% of the available sulfite is retained in the
 liquid phase  and that  after sulfur dioxide addition, there was a monotonic
 decrease in bisulfite  ion as a function of time.  Initially, it was believed
 this decrease originated principally from air oxidation of the bisulfite;
 however, inspection  of the data reported in Table XXIX for analysis of the
 sulfate  [S(IV)]  content of these solutions shows that the sulfate content
 did not  change  appreciably during the experiment.  This finding suggests
 that the slow,  continual reduction in bisulfite originates from precipita-
 tion of  calcium  CaSO-* 1/2^0 (which was observed by X-ray diffraction to be
 the only sulfur-containing  species in the solid phase).
      Another  interesting finding was that the sulfate sulfur increased sig-
 nificantly (2-3  fold) and associated sulfite content decreased when fly ash
 was  added.  This observation suggests enhanced oxidation of sulfite through
 catalysis by  trace fly ash metal  ingredients.   Because the extent of oxida-
 tion  is  considerably more than that capable through  direct combination with
 the available dissolved oxygen (0.48 mw), it appears that  some reduction of
 the metal oxides or salts may also take place or that the  bisulfite dis-
 proportionation  is  significantly  enhanced through catalysis.
                                   -100-

-------
 I
o
 I
    BISULFITE
CONCENTRATION,
      mM
                                                                                72eF  NO FLY ASH
                                                                       	.	125°F  NO FLY ASH
                                                                                72°F  FLY ASH ADDED
                                                                       	THEORETICAL 100%, HSO3 - CURVE
                                         20
                                   40
60
80       100
  TIME, MIN
                         Figure  17.
                        Effect  of Fly Ash  and Temperature on  Soluble S(IV)
                        in Bench  Scale Wet Scrubber
                                                                                                                                 en
                                                                                                                                 en
73
O
                                                                                                                                 O
                                                                                                                                 O

-------
o
ro
t
                                                     TABLE XXIX


                    LIMESTONE  SLURRY  LIQUOR COMPOSITION AS A FUNCTION OF OPERATING CONDITIONS AND TIME
Run

106


no


113


m


112C

Operating Conditions3
Temperature
°F

72


72


125


125


125

Limestone/
Fly Ash
% w/v

3.6/0


2.5/0.6


3.6/0


2.5/0.6


2.5/0.6

Time of
Sampling
Min.
15
45
180
15
45
120
15
45
105
15
45
120
15
45
105
Filtered Liquor Composition
PH
7.45
6.60
6.95
6.70
6.60
6.60
6.70
6.35
6.70
7.65
7.15
7.45
6.90
6.75
6.85
S(IV),
mM
1.19
2.81
0.69
1.49
1.22
0.12
1.15
1.15
0.50
0.86
0.74
0.09
0.96
1.01
0.66
S(VI),
mM
b
1.19
1.38
3.06
2.95
3.25
1.16
1.18
1.06
2.07
2.19
2.53
2.60
2.42
2.34
Total
Calcium
mM
b
5.16
4.71
8.73
9.35
7.98
3.24
4.11
2.87
7.73
7.73
7.48
8.23
8.98
8.73
        Continuous  closed  loop  scrubbing  of influent S02  gas;  S02  feed  terminated after 45  minutes  of addition
        [total  charge  equivalent  to  15 mM S(IV)];  system  continued recycling for remainder  of experiment with
        N2 gas  feed  to ensure no  oxygen pick-up.

        Not determined.

      C0xygen  added together with SO- at  0,,/SO,, molar ratio of 0.267 and terminated concurrently
       after 45-minute addition.            c   *
on
en
                                                                                                                     cr>
                                                                                                                     O
                                                                                                                     i
                                                                                                                     •yo
                                                                                                                     O

                                                                                                                     O
                                                                                                                     o

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO
     Comparison of Run 113 with 106 and  Run  110  with  111  permits  evaluation
of effect of temperature.   The observation that  increased temperature  re-
duces the sulfite content  is explained  through enhanced  CaSOo'l/ZHLO preci-
pitation kinetics.  It is  believed that  the  lower sulfate content at ele-
vated temperature was caused by lower solubility of oxygen,  which,  of
course, controls the kinetics of oxidation.

     In the experiment when a significant quantity of oxygen was  added
(Run 112) its affect appears to be of second order magnitude.  A  significant
higher quantity of sulfate was observed  compared to its  corresponding  Run  111
however, the sulfate content was observed to decrease as a function of time
suggesting either 1) calcium sulfate coprecipitation within the calcium sul-
fite hemihydrate, or 2) a  poorly mixed  sample.

     Another expected  finding was  that the fly  ash introduced a considerably
higher  soluble  calcium into  the slurry than the  limestone.  This stems from
the  fact the fly  ash calcium form  is the more soluble calcium oxide (hydrox-
ide) and in our case that was partially titrated with hydrochloric acid.
     It should  be noted that the products of the total calcium ion and the
total bisulfite ion concentrations readily exceed by two orders of magni-
tude the solubility product  of calcium sulfite  hemihydrate  (8.4 x 10~8)
whereas the products of the  total  calcium and total sulfate ion concentra-
tions are of the same  magnitude as the solubility product of the calcium
sulfate dihydrate (2.4 x 10" ) inferring that under the  conditions of  the
experiment calcium sulfite hemihydrate precipitates and  calcium sulfate
dihydrate does  not.   It is recognized that this  simple calculation did not
take into account considerations of activities of the ions and the distri-
bution of the analytical concentrations in other species, such as CaSO-°,
CaHC03+, CaS04°, and CaC03°.

     An attempt was undertaken to  provide a  detailed compositional analysis
using the data  of the  Radian Corporation (Reference 2 ), however, on exten-
sive evaluation of that work it became obvious that the many assumptions
used in generating the thermodynamic disassociation constants and varia-
tions as a function of temperature,  together with total disregard of
known thionate  chemistry equilibria in this  media, would make the results
                                   -103-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
of such calculations open to considerable question.   In addition, the con-
centration of some of  the input materials in our experiment (e.g.,  acid
needed to neutralize the fly ash) were known only semi quantitatively, hence,
calculation of the ionic strength employed was not well-established.   Con-
sequently, the theoretical analysis was abandoned at this time,  however, it
is clear that additional effort is warranted in this area, particularly
for generation of fundamental or "effective" constants  under use conditions
of elevated temperature, solids loading, and non-equilibrium conditions.

3.5.3.3  Recommendations - As is seen from the previous discussion,  labora-
tory bench scale experiments can be very useful in  elucidating the  chemistry
involved in the wet limestone scrubbing sulfur dioxide abatement process.
The bench scale studies permit studying a wide range of well-controlled
operating conditions in a relatively short time and at considerable  lower
cost than full scale process unit.  Consequently, it is recommended  that
bench scale studies be conducted to augment and complement full scale tests
by identifying the more significant parameters for detailed testing  thereby
reducing the need and, hence, the cost of extensive full scale evaluation.
     The significant finding observed in the tests reported above, namely,
the rate dependent step in holding tanks having controlled environments is
that of calcium sulfite precipitation, should not be under emphasized.  The
rate of precipitation could control the effectiveness of sulfur dioxide ab-
sorption in full scale scrubbers operated at pH 6-7.  It is clear that near t
term bench scale studies of this type are warranted  in  which detailed mater-
ial balances are made, together with use of operating conditions which closely
represent full scale operational ranges.  Findings from these studies will
permit 1) early fixing of operational  ranges, 2) identifying conditions
leading to problem areas such as scaling, erosion, etc.), and 3) improved
scrubber design and operational  modes.
3.6  PROCESS MONITORING FOR  pH
     On stream pH monitoring devices applicable for wet limestone scrubber
systems have been reviewed.  Of those available on the market, three  can-
didate systems, manufactured by Beckman  Instruments, Universal  Interloc,
Inc., and Leeds and Northrup, have been selected for recommendation.
Appendix G lists the specifications, available materials of construction,

                                   -104-

-------
                                                     17551-6012-RO-OO
special features and costs.   Both Beckman and Universal  Interloc produce
second generation amplification systems for pH readout;  the main improve-
ment results from the differential amplification of the  glass and reference
signals eliminating ground loop interferences.  Mechanical  strength is a
very important factor in the final selection of a system.   The availability
of electrodes constructed of non-scaling or non-fouling  material should be
considered.  In scaling studies performed at TRW, Teflon was found to be
superior to other polymers and metals and should be used whenever possible.
                                  -105-

-------
                                                     17551-6012-RO-OO


            4.0  TASK III  - DATA ACQUISITION  AND  PROCESSING
     The purpose of this task was to identify data  collection  and  reduction
methodology that will be suitable for computer input.   Data  format or  in-
strument signal must be capable of interfacing with the eventual engineer-
ing computational system to be operational  at the TVA wet scrubber plant
site.
     Depending upon 1) the mode of operation  of the analytical  instrumenta-
tion, i.e., laboratory or on-line, 2) the allowable elapsed  time  from
sampling-to analysis-to data hard copy, i.e., real-time data output versus
delayed batch data handling, and 3) the funds available and  appropriate
cost trade-offs that must be made from a position of total project overview,
several degrees of sophistication of data acquisition systems are possible.
Three alternative systems are described below.  The computer data acquisi-
tion system associated with the recommended XRF on-line process instrument
is the primary candidate system because of its proven application for
similar analyses and availability to meet the demonstration start schedule
at TVA.
4.1  COMPUTER DATA SYSTEM FOR XRF ON-LINE PROCESS  INSTRUMENTATION
     The recommended on-line continuous slurry analyzer for calcium, mag-
nesium, total sulfur and other  selected elements,  as described in Section
3.2, is the ARL  PCXQ 4400 XRF unit.  Likewise ARL's laboratory XRF instru-
ments were considered excellent  candidates for laboratory analysis.  These
systems are equipped with a Hewlett-Packard 2114C  computer as a standard
option.  Discussions were held with  ARL technical  sales personnel to deter-
mine the basic computer configuration,  its utilization by the XRF unit and
its  potential  for monitoring  other  laboratory or  on-stream analysis in-
strumentation.
     Table XXX describes the computer  system  recommended for the  X-ray
analysis function.   Note particularly  that the computer processor is avail-
able approximately  80%  of  the time  the instrument  is  operating and  is,  of
course,  available  totally  when  X-ray functions are not being  performed.
     The use  of  this computer  for non-X-ray  monitoring is limited primarily
by the amount of computer  memory (core)  available, interfacing devices, and

                                   -107-

-------
  17551-6012-RO-OO



                                TABLE XXX

     RECOMMENDED COMPUTER SYSTEM FOR  XRF DATA ACQUISITION AND REDUCTION
     Item
     Hardware
   Configuration
Utilization by Quantometer
Computer
Hewlett-Packard 2114C

central processor

4K memory



 16 1/0 channels
A/D Converter
Sampling Program
Quantitative Analysis
Sample Selection
Curve Fitting
   SOFTWARE

supplied by ARL
(core resident)
supplied by ARL
(core resident)
supplied by ARL
(core resident)
supplied by ARL on
tape.  Must be read
over other programs
to use , then others
reloaded.
   <20% of CPU time

  50% to 100% depending on
  functions and instrument
  configuration

  2 or 3 channels (13 unused)

  Utilized only once M sec)
  per sample to convert
  capacitor voltages (inte-
  grated counts) to digital
  values.
  Collects and stores
  capacitor voltages (1 sec
  computer time/sample)

  Uses sample and standard
  values to compute weight
  percents of the various
  elements (5 sec computer
  time/sample).

  Determine next sample for
  analysis (3-5 sec. computer
  time/sample)

  Calculate new calibration
  curves by least squares
  the  availability of software to perform the required additional functions.
  If these are real  limitations  in the existing unit, they may be overcome
  by the  purchase of additional  equipment and programming services through
  ARL  or  Hewlett-Packard.   Implementation of a system which  performs  non-

  X-ray functions, in addition to the X-ray analysis  is  a straightforward
  computer program development task.
                                    -108-

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO

4.2  ALTERNATIVE COMPUTER DATA PROCESSOR FOR GENERAL ANALYTICAL
     INSTRUMENTATION
     General laboratory instrumentation data acquisition and processing
systems may be designed around such highly sophisticated and costly com-
puters as the IBM 1800 or Sigma 3.   Assuming that such a system  is  not
available, however, at Paducah, it  would be much more cost effective to
establish such a capability around  a suitable minicomputer.   As  part of
this task, the feasibility of the latter approach was investigated.
     Recently, Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC), has introduced  a general
laboratory data processing system based on one of their minicomputers and
compatible with various high data rate laboratory instruments.   It  is be-
lieved that this system, costing approximately $50K, unquestionably meets
the needs of the laboratory and possesses the potential for process control
as well.
     The DEC POP 12/LDP is designed as a simple-to-operate tool  for a wide
variety of real-time data-handling  and research applications.  Performance
characteristics of the POP 12/LDP have been optimized around a complete
hardware/software system containing two processor modes identical to those
on the widely used POP 8/L and PDP-8/I.  The Analytical Instrument  Package
includes all hardware for meaningful instrument/processor A/D interfacing.
The Floating Point Processor allows high speed real time processing of data
from high data rate instruments.  The basic unit can accept data from four
instruments simultaneously (expandable to sixteen instrument inputs at
$1K/4 channels).
     The POP 12/LDP is a fully bundled system capable of sharing software
programs (at no cost) from all POP 12, POP 8, LINC, and LINC-8 users through
DEC's users group library (currently over 500 programs).  This very important
feature means that the system while big enough to handle the real-time pro-
cessing requirements of high data rate instruments, such as mass spectrometry
(MS) and fast Fourier transform infrared (IR) or nuclear magnetic  resonance
(NMR) spectroscopy, can also be used for process instruments and process
control loops.  Simplified programming languages are also available for
special purpose programming by other than professional  programmers.   In  ad-
dition, DEC has just opened an analytical instruments  applications laboratory
                                   -109-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO


where they will continue to expand the available software for chemical
applications.
     A specific recommendation between the two choices of minicomputer
systems available, i.e., DEC and HP, cannot be made at this time.   Such a
decision, as indicated previously, must be made based on overall  project
cognizance.  However, if such a decision is pending, it is suggested that
competitive bids be solicited from both vendors.
4.3  NON-COMPUTER DATA ACQUISITION
     Non-computer data acquisition methodology is the last of the alterna-
tives to be considered and, as the simplest, requires very little discus-
sion.  The principle recommended instrumental  methods of analysis are X-ray
fluorescence, atomic absorption, UV and NDIR spectrophotometry.   Each in-
strumental output may be readily and inexpensively obtained in a  variety
of forms including digital, hard copy form directly in ppm or percent of
species.  For example, the ARL XRF unit is available with chart readout,
typewriter, tape punch or tape printer as standard options.  Multi-lamp AA
units and spectrophotometers may be equipped with digital (BCD)  output  and
linked through an appropriate logic board to the ARL data system  for punch
taping and/or printing.   In this way data acquisition for quick  look and
manual computation is combined with computer interface capability.
                                   -110-

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO
                   5.0  CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
     During the performance of this program methodology for laboratory and
on-stream measurement of calcium, magnesium, sulfite, sulfate and H  con-
centration were reviewed, evaluated and developed.   In a subordinated effort,
methodology for nitrite/nitrate and carbonate were  examined to permit an
evaluation of direction and scoping of future work.  For the instrumental
techniques recommended, the alternative data acquisition and reduction sys-
tems to  permit the widest range of choice in automation versus cost have
been identified.  The conclusions and recommendations regarding methodology
provided in the following paragraphs are presumptive of the given concentra-
tion ranges and accuracy requirements as delineated by Bechtel and Radian
Corporations.
     For on-line  slurry analysis  for total calcium, magnesium, sulfur and
other  elements that may be of  importance to the process operation and as
iron,  manganese,  cobalt, chloride, etc., X-ray fluorescence  (XRF) has been
judged the best process analyzer.  Extensive evaluation of available  tech-
nology has led to the conclusion  that, as of this writing, Applied Research
Laboratories  (ARL) offers  the  best process  XRF system.  Because sample pre-
treatment and phase separation is not required with  the ARL  slurry presenter,
continuous,  real-time readout  of  up  to 15 separate elements  can  be obtained.
A scanning channel  is recommended  for detection of trace or  other composi-
tional variations that may impact process operation.
     The choice  of a  laboratory XRF  unit  is not as clear-cut as  several
vendors offer competitive  equipment.   Nonetheless, the ARL  laboratory units
are definitely  among  the  best  available  in  terms of  sensitivity,  versatility,
and automatability.   In  addition, both  the  process and laboratory units
come equipped with several optional, but  most  importantly,  field  proven
data acquisition and  reduction systems  ranging from  digital  recorder output
of signal to printed  hardcopy  of percent  composition distribution utilizing
sophisticated computer  methodology for correction  of matrix effects  and
 automated calibration for substrate variations.
      Because all  other analytical techniques require rapid phase separation
 at the  point of process sampling, on-line separation techniques were de-
 veloped in the laboratory and  are recommended for  evaluation and adoption at

                                      -111-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO

TVA.  The system recommended is comprised of a cyclone centrifugal  separator,
such as the Demco unit tested in this study.   This  unit significantly  de-
creases the solid content of the analytical  effluent but does  not yield an
optically clear stream.   Therefore, a second stage  separator  is  necessary.
With the given information is is not possible to determine if  a  polishing
filter will suffice or if an intermediate centrifuge stage will  be  required.
For initial field testing, the two-stage cyclone +  filter separator system
based on the design in Figure 7  is recommended. A high capacity,  parallel
dual cartridge filter unit such as the AFM-Cuno unit warrants  testing  for
this application.
     Whereas XRF can provide elemental analysis of  the heterogeneous slurry
as well as separated liquid and solid, the very low solubility of  some
species and trace concentrations of others of concern may require  a more
sensitive liquid phase analyzer.  Atomic absorption (AA) spectrophotometry
has been shown to meet this requirement in the experimentation reported in
this document.  At the present time, however, there are no on-line  or batch
flow automated instruments that can be considered process units.  On the
other hand, multiple lamp  (element) units for very rapid and  simple labor-
atory AA analyses are commercially available.  Several units  are available
as dual AA/atomic emission (AE) spectrophotometers  while even  more  versatile
instruments have interchangeable flame!ess attachments.  In selecting  a
laboratory AA, the trade-offs of simplicity and speed, cost and  versatility
must be made by the user, TVA.  A list of AA instrument manufacturers  re-
commended for consideration or for contact  for requesting competitive bids
was provided in Section 2.4.2.
     Atomic or molecular emission techniques have been identified  as ex-
ceptionally promising for the analysis of total dissolved sulfur in the
aqueous phase of wet scrubber slurries.  Current methodology is  based on
the tedious and time-consuming total oxidation to convert all  sulfur species
to sulfate, followed by precipitation.  It is suggested that a small feasi-
bility study be funded to determine if the aspirator-burner assembly design
parameters can be optimized and fixed to eliminate variations in excitation
energy.  The potential range of applicability appears to fill  a  void in cur-
rent technology for sulfur measurement and is in the range anticipated in
the wet scrubbers.

                                     -112-

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO

     Of  the  sulfur species in the slurry, the sulfite (S03=) and bisulfite
 (HS03~)  S(IV) species were considered extremely important for process op-
 timization considerations including efficiency, "scaling" and reagent re-
 generation.  No acceptable method for the rapid, automated or on-line
 measurement  of S(IV) species was available and consequently the UV spectro-
 photometric  method utilizing the bleaching of the furfural UV absorption at
 276 nM was developed.  The recommended instrumental laboratory method is
 presented as Appendix E.  A plan for complete automation of the method was
 developed (Section 3.4) which will permit automatic analysis of approxi-
 mately 100 samples per eight-hour shift.  Immediate implementation of this
 plan is  urged to support start-up and operation schedules at TVA.
     Several potentially automatable instrumental laboratory methods for
 sulfate  species in solution were evaluated theoretically and experimentally
 (see Section 2.6).  Based on the data generated and information from vendors
 and users, two methods specific for sulfate are recommended for further
 evaluation and development, i.e., 1) sulfate precipitation as barium sulfate
 with either  a measurement of turbidity optically or by measurement of excess
 barium by AA, and 2) the ion exchange reaction with barium chloranilate and
 measurement  of the free chloroanilic acid colorimetrically.  Because these
 methods  are  either time-consuming or suffer from species interference, the
 technical approach required would parallel that utilized to develop the sul-
 fite/bisulfite method to determine and eliminate interferences present in
 the wet  scrubber environment and optimization of parameters.  The sulfate
 could be determined by difference very rapidly and conveniently if the total
 sulfur analyzer is selected for development.
     The feasibility of the batch automated or continuous carbonate deter-
mination by  pyrolysis/acidimetric C02 release followed by quantitative NDIR
measurement  has been demonstrated experimentally.  The method should be
 rapid, specific accurate and simple to instrument for specific candidate
 scrubber processes.   The nitrite/nitrate methodology literature was reviewed
 and three candidate methods were identified and evaluated.  It is not pos-
 sible to select one for recommendation at this time.  Further evaluation is
 necessary.
                                   -113-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
     Finally, the bench scale wet scrubber process loop which was  designed
and constructed for this study was found to be exceptionally valuable in
providing dynamic simulation of the process stream for methods development
and evaluation.  Furthermore, the system was shown to be extremely useful
for understanding the wet scrubbing reaction mechanisms.   For example, it
was determined that for bench scale scrubbing experiments, the rate limit-
ing step in holding tanks is that of calcium sulfite precipitation which
could control the effectiveness of sulfur dioxide absorptions by wet lime-
stone scrubbing.   The unit will find utility in the development of other
process analysis  techniques and is sufficiently versatile to simulate most
other candidate scrubbing processes.
                                  -114-

-------
                                                     17551-6012-RO-OO
                           6.0  NEW TECHNOLOGY
     This  section provides documentation of new methodology  and  technology
contributions specifically beneficial to the analysis and characterization
of wet  scrubber processes that were developed or conceived under EPA
Contract 68-02-0007.
     Two of  the new technology innovations were of sufficient novelty and
potential  use to warrant submitting invention disclosures to the TRW Patent
Office.  The subject matter of these disclosures are listed below:
     Docket  No.                      Title
     72-096                 Wet Scrubber Bisulfite Analyzer
     72-100                 Total Sulfur Analyzer in Process Streams
in addition  to  the  invention disclosures three other new innovations were
identified during the  program which offer unique approaches to character-
ization of wet  limestone scrubber process streams.   In addition to the
invention  disclosures  the following new technology items are described below:
     •     Application  of X-ray fluorescence methodology for numerous
           slurry elements
     •     Automatable  solid and dissolved carbonate method
     •     Combined  use of a small scale cyclone and  dual filter
           separator system for continuous phase separation
5.1   WET SCRUBBER BISULFITE  ANALYZER
      An instrument based  on  bisulfite  bleaching of the 276 nM UV absorption
of furfural  was conceived.   This  approach has been developed to be free from
  et scrubber species interference,  and is currently laboratory operational
M/ith elapsed analysis time for  each sample of five minutes.  A plan for
automation to allow approximately 100  analyses per eight-hour shift with
little operator involvement  was proposed and is discussed in Section 3.4.
 6<2  TOTAL  SULFUR ANALYZER FOR PROCESS STREAMS
      A new  conceptual technique for determining sulfur in solution or dis-
 solved from the  solid phase based upon atomic emission or molecular emis-
 sion utilizing flame, microwave and other suitable excitation was generated
                                      -115-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO

 during  this  program.  The sulfur analysis range, believed to fill the cur-
 rent  void  in the  state of the art from the low ppm level to 10 mM, is di-
 rectly  applicable to the wet scrubber slurry and is adaptable to dissolution
 of  slurry  solids.  The method possesses the potential simplicity accuracy
 and cost effectiveness of the widely accepted AA technique.

 6.3  X-RAY FLUORESCENCE ANALYSIS OF ELEMENTS
      The utility  of the X-ray fluorescence technique was demonstrated for
 application  to all wet scrubber samples.  The state of the art of this
 analytical technique for automated laboratory and continuous on-line analy-
 sis permits  analysis of calcium, magnesium and most other elements possibly
 of  importance to  scrubber operation.   Total  sulfur can be determined quan-
 titatively above  approximately 0.03% absolute.   The decided advantage to
 the wet scrubbing program is accuracy, simplicity and cost effectiveness
 on  this single versatile analytical  tool.   Utilizing the recommended ARL
 equipment, up to  nine slurry streams can be analyzed for up to 15 elements
 of  a simultaneous and continuous basis with no sample pretreatment.   The
 technique  is effective for the two-phase slurry or separated liquor and/or
 solids.
 6.4  PYROLYSIS/ACIDIMETRIC CARBONATE METHOD
     Experimentation with actual and simulated scrubber solids and liquor
 was performed in  this study, utilizing pyrolysis for solids and acidifica-
 tion for liquids  to liberate carbon dioxide.   In the preliminary tests,
 quantitative detection was accomplished by ebulliometry and gravimetry,
 however, an automated instrumental  method  has been proposed with non-dis-
 persive infrared as the primary detection  candidate and gas chromatography
 as a reasonable back-up detector.   The range  of applicability is extemely
wide.
6.5  CONTINUOUS SLURRY PHASE SEPARATOR
     A continuous staged separation  system has  been designed which is capa-
ble of achieving "instantaneous quenching" of liquid/solid reaction  in less
than 15-30 seconds.   The system which  provides  an optically clear liquor
stream for continuous  analysis  or  grab sampling,  is comprised of a mini-
ature cyclone centrifugal  separator  from DEMCO  and a downstream dual-parallel
                                  -116-

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO

polishing filter unit,   The current design calls for minimum slurry feed
of one gallon/min and is easily incorporated in a self-contained portable
cart.
                                    -117-

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO

                                APPENDIX A
        SURVEY OF STANDARD ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR SLURRY COMPONENTS
     This appendix delineates wet and some standard instrumental  methods
for 16 of the key chemical species potentially present in limestone slurries.
Tabulated are the components to be measured, the principles of the method,
potential interferences and related comments.  In general, utilization of
these methods requires separation of the phase prior to analysis.
                                     -119-

-------
                                                       TABLE A.I

                            SURVEY OF STANDARD ANALYTICAL METHODS FOR SLURRY CONSTITUENTS
Components
so2
S03
N0x
N03"

N02-
"3"
SO,' v

HS03"


Reference
Techniques
West-Gaeke
T1tr1metr1c(H202)
Turbidimetrlc
lodo metric
lodometrlc
Sa1tzman(N02)
Bruclne
Color! metric
Color! metric
lodometHc
Tiirtaldlmetrlc
Tltrlmetric
Quarternary
«M>n1iM salt
A.C. polarographlc
Colvrimetrfc and
U.V.
spectropnotometHc
Method
Colorimetric(560mu) automated

ColoHmetric (SSOmu automated
for NO and NO, (KMnO. + NO ^
N02 ^ 4
Color1metr1c(470mp)
2,4 phenoldlsulfonlc acid
(480 np)
(520mp) dlazotlze-sulfanlllc
add 1-naphthylanine
I2-titr. excess with Na2S203
(or arsenlte)
As BaS04
Add Bad 2 and Indicator
Tltr. with perchloric add


Interferences
Ozone + N02 should be 8 mg




References
18, 19, 20, 21
18, 19, 20, 21
21
22

22
18. 23
18, 24

18. 25. 26


tn
tn
«j
t
CT>
O

ro
i
73
O
I
O
O
I


O

-------
                                                  TABLE  A.I  (CONTINUED)
 I

ro

 i
xxnponents
co3"

HC03
"a"!
HC03"|
Cl"
Ca"




Hg"


K+

Na+
Reference
Techniques
Gravimetric
UV spectroraetric
Gravimetric
Titrlmetric
Turbldimetric
Titrlmetric
Gravimetric
Volumetric
EDTA
Flame emission
Atonic
absorption
EDTA- Vol Metric
• Gravimetric
AtMlC
absorption
Gravimetric
Plane Emission
Gravimetric
Method
CO^ on a scar He

C02 on a sea rite
Sr+* titr. each ion separately
AgN03-AgCl(560mu)
AgN03 + dye for end pt.
(NH4) Mo04 weigh as Ca Mo04
Mssolve CaOx in dil. H2SOd
•Ml titr. with KMn04



Eri chrome Black-T indicator
(pH 10)
ppt. with (HH4)2 HP04

ppt. as KC104 or ICgPtClg
(767 nip)

Interferences





tony sepn. nee.

Mg interferences


Ca interferences
Separate Ca as CaHo04


"Use "radiation" buffers

Comments
Also manometric

Also manometric

Nephelometric even more sensi-
tive. Very sensitive 5xl(HNin
Cl and above
Good separation from Mg.




Also a colorimetrlc technique.




Lengthy
References
28, 29

28
4
28
28, 30




26, 30


31

31
                                                                                                                               en
                                                                                                                               01
                                                                                                                               en
                                                                                                                               o
                                                                                                                               i
                                                                                                                               20
                                                                                                                               o
                                                                                                                               o
                                                                                                                               o

-------
                                                     TABLE A.I (CONTINUED)
                                                                                                                               en
                                                                                                                               en
ro
ro
I
Components

Fe~
Fe+~



Mn"



Co"

Reference
Techniques
Flame Emission
Titri metric
Titri metric
Color! metric
EDTA
Atomic
absorption
Colorimetric
Tltrinetric
Volhard
Tltrlnetrtc
Atomic
absorption
VolMKtrlc
Color! wtrlc
Method
(589mu)
Redox- Ce"" in acid soln.
or KMn04 or K2Cr207
Redox- in acid + NH.SCN titr.
with std. TiCl3 or *T12(S04)3
1,10-phenanthroline + NH4OH-
HC1 (or hydroquinone)


(540my) oxld. with KIO. In
H^ to Mn04- *
Redox-NaB103 titr. with KMn04
or(HH4)2S203 + AgN03 titr. with
As02~~
Voluwtr1c-titr. with KNn04
K104(ox1d. to Mn04). Hg(N03)2
to ppt. - add FeSO. and back
titr. with KMn04 4

T1tr. with K« or EDTA
K1tro-R salt-control pH
Interferences
Use "radiation" buffers
Many metals
Many metals



B1, Cl", Sn, Br, 0,. I"
N02~. S03. and Fe(fl)
Ce. Cl~, Co, Cr, F~, HNO?,
Ni and U
Interferences by ppt.



Sepn. of interferrlng Ions
	 Comments 	

J_L A
Or oxid. to Fe and use color-
imetric, EDTA, etc.
Sepn. nee.







Sepn. nee.



26, 32
26, 30, 32



32, 33



26, 28, 30

                                                                                                                                ro
                                                                                                                                i
                                                                                                                                73
                                                                                                                                O
                                                                                                                                O

-------
                                                        TABLE A. I  (CONTINUED)
ro
CO
i /
••^••MMH


•H-M-+-

u* ' ' '
Kg**


••••••••Ml
Reference
	 Techniques
Gravimetric
Atonic
-absorption
Potentlometric
Colorl Metric
Colorlnetric
Atomic
absorption
Voluwtric
Atonic
absorption
Colorl metric
Volumetric
GraviMetric
Atonic
absorption
Method
Ppt. with a-nitroso-B-
naphthol. Ignite and weigh as
co3o4

Oxdn. V > V(V) and titr. with
FeSO. using Pt and colonial
electrodes.
Phosphotungstate method
(409 my)
8- hydroxyqu incline and ext.
with CHCl3(55flBu) pH 3.5-4.5
Red. to V(IV) and titr. with
KMn04
Dlthizone Method (500 my)
[Hg(II)d1th1zonate or (610 my)
excess dlthizone]



Interferences



Bi ,r,K,Mo,NH*SCN~Sb.Sn,
Ti, and Zr. Colored ions such
as Co, Cr04> Cu, etc.
As, Cr, Fe, Pt, H2S, and Sb

Many metals and an Ions
Many metals and anions

Comments



Remove interferences by extraction
of CHC13 layer with alk. (pH 9.4)
aq. soln. (V to aqueous phase)
then reextract V with CHC13.





References


26, 28, 3C,

26. 28, 30
28, 30


••MMBMMM
                                                                                                                                 tn
                                                                                                                                 tn
                                                                                                                                 CTi
                                                                                                                                 O

                                                                                                                                 ro
                                                                                                                                 i

                                                                                                                                 §
                                                                                                                                 i
                                                                                                                                 o
                                                                                                                                 o

-------
                                                     TABLE A.I  (CONTINUED)
—i
en
en
ro

i
Components
Al***



Pb"

As*"

Reference
Techniques
Gravimetric
Volumetric
Colorlmetric
Atomic
absorption
Colorlmetric
Atomic
absorption
TltHmetrlc
Colorlmetric
Atotric
absorption
Method
Ppt. with 8-hydroxyqulnoline
Ppt. with 8-hydroxyquinoline add
excess acid and std. KBrO.-KBr
soln. then excess Kl and litr.
liberated I, with Na,S,0,, starch
indicator. z z z 3
Reac. with NH. auHntricarooxylate
(525 nn.) 4

Oithizone (520 mp) or Di-(3-naphthyl-
thlocarbazone.

Using KMn04 as titrant
AMKmlun molybdate (840 nm)



Cu + Ni

Other metals




Many separations necessary






Other colorimetHc methods.

28, 33



26, 35


30. 33
                                                                                                                             ro
                                                                                                                             i

                                                                                                                             o
                                                                                                                             i
                                                                                                                             o
                                                                                                                             o

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO

                                APPENDIX B
              SURVEY OF ELECTROCHEMICAL METHODS FOR ANALYSIS
                 OF DISSOLVED OXYGEN AND SULFUR DIOXIDE
     This appendix summarizes electrochemical  methods  for the determination
of dissolved oxygen and sulfur dioxide contents.  Criteria used for evalu-
ation of these methods included:
     •    The present state of development (laboratory technique,
          availability of laboratory or process stream instruments)
     •    Sampling mode
     •    Specificity and interferences
     •    Pretreatment of sample for analysis (concentration, filtra-
          tion, adjustment of pH)
     •    Useful concentration range, sensitivity, accuracy, pre-
          cision
     •    Temperature requirements
     t    Analysis time
     •    Data reduction capability
     t    Requirements for further development
     •    Maintenance requirements
     •    Cost
     •    Life time  and cycle life
     0    Commercial  instruments
Table B.I identifies electrochemical methods for the determination of oxygen
and Table B.I I electrochemical methods for the determination of sulfur
dioxide.
                                   -125-

-------
ro
CT>
i
                                                                  TABLE  B.I
                                     ELECTROCHEMICAL  METHODS FOR THE DETERMINATION  OF OXYGEN
       B.I.I   Direct  Polarographic  Determinations
        The  Present State of Development:
 Sampling Mode:
 Specificity and Interferences:

 Pretreatment of Sample for Analysis:
 Use Concentration Range, Sensitivity
 Accuracy, Precision:

 Temperature Requirements:
 Analysis Time:

 Data Reduction Capability:

 Requirements for Further Development:
 Maintenance Requirements:
Cost:
Life Time and Cycle Life:
The technique is based on the measurement of diffusion current for the reduction  of  dis-
solved oxygen gas on mercury, gold or platinum electrode.  The reduction on mercury  is
well studied.  Reduction waves on solid  electrodes  are complicated by reduction of ad-
sorbed oxide film when studied by scan voltammetry.  Most of the work is accomplished
using solid electrodes with a membrane.   The membrane provides selective sampling for
oxygen gas.  The fine particulate suspensions in  the slurry liquid may poison the solid
electrodes if used directly.   Because of the relatively short life of amalgam electrodes,
the direct reduction method is advisable for dropping mercury electrode only.  The drop-
ping mercury electrode is used for the polarographic determination of dissolved oxygen.
The technique is suitable for laboratory bench.
Batch sampling only.
                                              Specific for  oxygen  in the slurry composition.
                                              (vs.  see).
                                                Current measured between -0.3 to 0.6 V
The sample can be used directly without  the  adjustment of pH.
Can determine down to 0.5 pom.   Higher concentration limit depends upon the slurry ex-
tract composition.  Can go up to 100  ppm.  The  technique is capable of providing better
than 5% precision at the lowest limit.
Can be operated at any temperature.   Should  be  calibrated accordingly.
As the gas is reduced directly from the  solution, response is high.  Results obtained
immediately.
Current readings should be converted  to  concentration by analog procedure.  The current
should always be measured at the same time,  e.g., at the end of drop life.
Very little.
Mercury electrode should be carefully maintained.
Inexpensive.
Mercury reservoir should be continuously replenished.
                                                                                                                                          en
                                                                                                                                          en
                                                                                                                                          ro
                                                                                                                                           i
                                                                                                                                          •?o
                                                                                                                                          O
                                                                                                                                           I
                                                                                                                                          o
                                                                                                                                          o

-------
                                                      TABLE B.I (CONTINUED)
 B.I.2   Polarographic Determination Through Membrane
 The Present State of Development:
 I
ro
 Sampling Mode:
 Specificity and  Interferences:
 Pretreatment of  Sample  for Analysis:
 Use Concentration  Range, Sensitivity
 Accuracy,  Precision:
 Temperature Requirements:
 Analysis Time:
 Data  Reduction Capability:
 Requirements  for Further Development:

 Maintenance Requirements:
Cost:
Life Time and Cycle Life:

Commercial Instruments:
The  basic  principle is the same as in A.I.I.  The electrode is a solid,  planar electrode
and  is  separated from the solution by a membrane through which oxygen  diffuses.  The solid
electrode  is  polarized at the diffusion region for the oxygen gas.   The  electrode could be
polarized  with an external source or by a galvanic couple like lead-silver  system.  Lead
electrode  is  the anode in the basic electrolyte system contained inside  the assembly.  The
limiting diffusion current for oxygen reduction is due to the membrane permeability to
oxygen.  It is assumed that steady state is attained for dissolved  oxygen on the sample
side of the membrane.  Many process instruments based on the above  principle are available
in the  market.  The technique is fairly well developed.
Either  continuous or batch.
Membrane provides selectivity for oxygen.
To prolong the life of the membrane it is better to minimize slurry particles in the sample.
0-40 ppro dissolved oxygen.  Quite sensitive.

Operates from 32°F - 110°F.
Fast response, usually 30 seconds.
Can be  read directly as ppm by weight of dissolved oxygen.
Both the galvanic and potentiostatic methods are well  developed and commercial instruments
are available.
The electrolyte inside the system should be replenished periodically.  Membrane life is
usually long, unless damaged by violent physical  shock.  Membrane can  be replaced without
difficulty.
Commercial  oxygen analyzers are produced in large scale.  Price is  competitive.
As the  system is well-sealed and there is no moving part, the detector could last from six
months  to two years without servicing.
Potentjostatic:  1)  Instrumentation Laboratory, Inc., 2) Honeywell, Model S 914-21  Do-meter,
3) Yellow Springs Instruments Co.,  YSI  Oxygen Meter, 4) Weston and  Stack, Model  400,
5) Delta Scientific, Series 3210 and 6)  Sectarian Instruments,  Inc.,  Model  735.
Galvanic:  1)  Bio Marine Industries, Model  DOA 555, 2) International Sales Associates Model
QM 10, and 3)  New Brunswick Scientific Co., Inc.
                                                                                                                                                  en
                                                                                                                                                  en
                                                                                                                                                  en
                                                                                                                                                  o
                                                                                                                                                  ro
                                                                                                                                                  i
                                                                                                                                                  70
                                                                                                                                                  O
                                                                                                                                                  O
                                                                                                                                                  o

-------
                                                             TABLE B.I  (CONTINUED)
       B.I.3  Conductivity Measurements
                                                                                                                                                  en
                                                                                                                                                  01
ro
CO
 i
        The Present State of Development:
Sampling Mode:
Specificity and Interferences:

Pretreatment of Samples for Analysis:
Use Concentration Range, Sensitivity
Accuracy, Precision:

Temperature Requirements:
Analysis Time:
Data Reduction  Capability:
Requirements for Further Development:

Maintenance Requirements:
Cost:
Life Time and Cycle Life:

Commercial Instruments:
The technique is based on the principle  that oxygen  reacts with thallium metal in aqueous
medium to produce soluble conducting  thallium  hydroxide.  The conductivity increased by
35 micro mhos/cm for every ppm of oxygen.   Instruments  based on this principle are avail-
able for process stream.
Sampling can be continuous.
Although the principle is specific for oxygen, as the technique is  based on conductivity
measurement, the solution should be demineralized for analysis to provide useful
sensitivity.
Solution should be free of ions.
The technique is extremely sensitive to  oxygen.  Conductivity  is measured before entering
thallium tube and again after it leaves  the thallium tube -  0-1000  ppb (parts for billion
by weight) can be measured.
Temperature should be constant.  It is preferred to keep it near  25°C.
Fast.
Conductivity difference is directly read as parts per billion.
This method is  useful for  relatively pure systems, like demoralizing plants.   For  slurry
studies, further development needed.
Ion-exchange column and thallium column should be attended to  periodically.
Relatively  expensive.
The ion  exchange column and  the thallium column should be charged periodically  or the ion-
exchange column should be  recycled.
Beckman  Instruments,  Inc., OA-5K DO Analyzer.
                                                                                                                                           ro
                                                                                                                                           i
                                                                                                                                           73
                                                                                                                                           O
                                                                                                                                           I
                                                                                                                                           O
                                                                                                                                           O

-------
     B.I.4   Coulometric Determination
                                                        TABLE B.I (CONTINUED)
        The  Present  State  of  Development:
ro
<£>
i
 Sampling Mode:
 Specificity and Interferences:

 Pretreatment of Sample for Analysis:

 Use Concentration Range, Sensitivity,
 Accuracy, Precision:

 Temperature Requirements:
 Analysis Time:

 Data Reduction Capability:
 Requirements for Further Development:

Maintenance Requirements:

Cost:
Life Time and Cycle Life:
The method is based on the principle that oxygen is quanti-
tatively reduced by electrogenerated free radicals like
methyl viologen cation radical.  Though the method is more
suited for gaseous stream, it can be used for dissolved
oxygen by batch process.  A known amount of sample is added
to a solution containing totally reduced methyl viologen.
The reoxidized methyl viologen, is reduced by passing cur-
rent, and the charge passed is equivalent to oxygen added  to
the sample.

Batch sampling.
Non-specific for oxygen; any oxidant will give the same
result.
Slurry solution does not need any special treatment.  pH
should be near 7.
Not known yet.  Should be in sub ppm level.  Very high con-
centrations can be determined.

Any temperature.
                                                  Time of electrolysis.
                                                  current.
                       Would be 5-10 minutes depending on
                                                  Directly convertible to concentration.

                                                  Needs further study.
                                                  Maintenance is simple.
                                                  Inexpensive.
                                                  Methyl viologen solution may  have  to be replaced after every
                                                  20 analyses due to dilution and  increased volume.
                                                                          CJl
                                                                          Ul

                                                                           I
                                                                          en
                                                                          o

                                                                          no
                                                                           i
                                                                          ;0
                                                                          O
                                                                           I
                                                                          CD
                                                                          O

-------
co
o
      B.I.5  Corrosion Probe  Method
     The Present State of Development:
 Sampling Mode:

 Specificity  and  Interferences:


 Pretreatment of  Sample for Analysis:


 Use  Concentration  Range, Sensitivity,
 Accuracy and Precision:

 Temperature  Requirements:
 Analysis Time:

 Data Reduction Capability:

 Requirements  for Further Development:


 Maintenance  Requirements:


 Cost:

Life Time and Cycle Life:
                                                   TABLE B.I (CONTINUED)
This method  is based on the measurement of corrosion po-
tential of aluminum electrode  in  the solution.  The poten-
tial is measured with respect  to  a gold electrode, which
behaves like a "quasi" reference  electrode.  The aluminum
electrode is in contact with a wetted frit, which separates
the gold electrode, immersed in distilled water.  The oxygen
gas is sampled from the test solution, by means of a carrier
gas.  The sudden variation of  the potential of the couple,
as a transient, is related to  the concentration of oxygen.
This technique is still a laboratory curiosity.
Suitable for batch sampling.

Any gas affecting aluminum corrosion will give wrong reading.
S02 may affect readings.

No special treatment is needed, as the carrier gas carries
the dissolved gas.

Sensitivity  is 0.1 ppm.


Ambient.

4-6 minutes  analysis time.
Analog output.

Needs a lot  to be done, as the method is based on empirical
approach.

Maintenance  is delicate, as it involves measurement of cor-
rosion potential.

Inexpensive.

No information is available.
                                                                                                                        tn
                                                                                                                        tn
                                                                                                                        en
                                                                                                                        O
                                                                                                                        ro
                                                                                                                        i
                                                                                                                        20
                                                                                                                        o
                                                                                                                        i
                                                                                                                        o
                                                                                                                        o

-------
 I

CO
                     B.II.l
                                            TABLE B.II
               ELECTROCHEMICAL  METHODS  FOR THE DETERMINATION OF SULFUR DIOXIDE
        Coulometric  Determination
                        The  Present State of Development:
Sampling Mode:

Specificity and  Interferences:


Pretreatment of  Sample for Analysis:


Use Concentration  Range, Sensitivity
Accuracy, Precision:

Temperature Requirements:

Analysis Time:


Data Reduction Capability:
This method is based  on the principle that sulfur dioxide solu-
tion is oxidized by bromine or iodine, which could be electro-
generated.  Exact amount of bromine or iodine is produced by
anodic oxidation of bromide or iodide solution and the  amount of
bromine or iodine produced is coulometrically found from the
total current passed.  Any excess bromine or iodine generated
is detected by an indicator electrode, which is used for stopping
electrolysis.  This technique is well developed for process stream,
but only for S02 in gases.  Using these developed instruments for
continuous analysis of solutions is not practical.  However, these
commercial instruments can be used for sulfite analysis in aqueous
solutions by batch sampling.

Batch sampling.

Other reducing agents in solution, may interact with iodine or bro-
mine.  However, the slurry does not contain any other reducing agent.

The sample should be  clear, free of particles.  The solution should
be acidic.

This technique detects sulfur dioxide from 0 to 1000 ppm range, in
gases.  Sensitivity in ppb.

Ambient conditions.

There is a lag time,  as this technique needs mixing and electrol-
ysis.  Maximum time requirement is about 5 minutes.

The readout is in coulombs, which is directly convertible to ppm.
                        Requirements  for Further Development:

                        Maintenance Requirements:


                        Cost:

                        Commercial Instruments:
                                         Very little further development.

                                         For solution analysis,  the  reagents get continually diluted.
                                         Solutions may have to be  replaced after a set of analyses.

                                         Price on these instruments  is competitive.

                                         For gas samples:  1) process analyzers, Titrilog II, 2)  Barton  ITT,
                                         Model 286. 3) Phillips  PW-9700, 4) Beckman Model 906. and 5)
                                         Atlas Electric. Modes 1  200  and 210.
                                                                                      en
                                                                                      cn
                                                                                       i
                                                                                      en
                                                                                      o
                                                                                      ro

                                                                                      k
                                                                                      o
                                                                                      o

-------
                                                               TABLE  B.II  (CONTINUED)

     B.II.2   Polarographic  Determination Through  Membrane
                                                                                                                                         en
       The Present State of Development:
CO
ro
 i
Sampling Mode:
Specificity and Interferences:

Pretreatment of Sample for Analysis:

Use Concentration Range,  Sensitivity
Accuracy, Precision:
Temperature Requirements:

Analysis Time:
Data Reduction Capability:
Requirements for Further Development:
Maintenance Requirements:

Cost:
Life Time and Cycle Life:
Commercial Instrument:
The method is based on the principle  that sulfur dioxide can be electrooxidized on a sens-
 ng electrode, at a given applied  potential  between the sensing electrode (Au) and a counter
electrode (Pb62).  A thin membrane, selective  for S02, separates the sample and the sensing
electrode.  The limiting current is due  to  diffusion  of S02 across the membrane, and is pro-
portional to SO, concentration in  the sample.   The technique is S1milar to oxygen detection,
except the membrane is selective to S02  and instead of reduction current, oxidation current
is measured.  One such commercial  instrument is available.  The device can be used for both
gases and solutions.  However, laboratory  studies have shown that the current at the sensing
electrode is dependent upon the previous history of the electrode.

Applicable to both continuous and batch  sampling.
The specificity depends on the membrane  selectivity  for S02  alone,  and the oxidation poten-
tial.  In the slurry the interfering  ions  would be  barred by the membrane.
The membrane  isolates the sample and  the electrolyte.  The sample  should  be  free  of fine
suspension.
Concentration range 0-5000 ppm.


Ambient  40°F -  110°F.

Less  than 2 minutes.
Analog readout, so directly  convertible to  ppm S02
The stability and reproducibility of the sensor electrode is not fully studied.

Not known.   Expected to be stable for at least three months.

 Not expensive.
 Life time of the sensor is expected  to  be  long.  This could be easily replaced.

 Dynasciences Corporation.
                                                                                                                                         ro
                                                                                                                                         i
                                                                                                                                         73
                                                                                                                                         O
                                                                                                                                         I
                                                                                                                                         O
                                                                                                                                         O

-------
                                                  TABLE B.II  (CONTINUED)
     B.II.3   Direct Polarographic  Determination
         The Present State  of  Development:
CO
CO
I
Sampling Mode:
Specificity and Interferences:
Pretreatment of Sample for Analysis:
Use Concentration Range, Sensitivity
Accuracy, Precision:
Temperature Requirements:
Analysis Time:

Data Reduction Capability:
Requirements for Further Development:

Mai ntenance Requi rements:
Cost:
Life Time and Cycle Life:
The principle is the same as in A.II.2 except that there is no
membrane separating the sample from the indicator electrode.
This is possible only in the case of the liquid samples.  The
limiting current in both the cases is proportional to the S02
concentration.  The direct reduction can be accomplished
either on mercury electrode or Pt electrode.  However, the
direct reduction method can be used only as a batch process.
Direct oxidation of $03" on platinum electrode can be for
analysis.
Batch sampling.
Can be made specific for S02 by potentiostating.
The pH of the solution should be near 0.

Not known, but should be in the same range as in A.II.2.
Ambient.
Sample has to be transferred to the electrochemical cell.  The
cell should be ready with supporting electrolyte.  Time of
analysis will be about 10 minutes.
Analog readout.  Can be read as ppm from calibration chart.
The system should be studied before employing it as a routine
method.
Simple.
Inexpensive.
Lifetime, practically infinite.
                                                                                                                            C71
                                                                                                                            ro
                                                                                                                            i
                                                                                                                            3
                                                                                                                            o
                                                                                                                            O

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO

                                APPENDIX C
           INITIAL SHAWNEE PROCESS DEMONSTRATION OPERATIONAL MODES
      This  appendix provides details of the initial experiments for assess-
ment  of  configuration, flow rates and solid loadings planned for testing by
Bechtel  Corporation of the wet limestone scrubbing process for abatement of
sulfur dioxide emissions from the Shawnee Power Plant, Paducah, Kentucky.
These details were used to identify sample locations and sampling rate in
the studies conducted during this program.
                                    -135-

-------
                          VtUTUB.1
Co
CT>
 I





HOLD

(z
••
at
T»



EFFI
Utt




® "WTR1*
ffi "®
                                                                                                           SLURRY

SfttAM
MS
1
^
3
4.
5
C.
7
8
_!.*•
i
to





FLOW[GPM] « % SOL IOC
MAI.
GPM
leOO
511
512
375
«S
650
IVJO
Z3
JOO
1
«*•





V?
14
15
IS
C.Z.
30
O7
o
o
14
to
SO




T-«»lC.»l.
&l"M]«iS
400 , 2
11 ' tS
JOO (.5
75 j a-i
n :lo
5«. i c3T
SOO O
15 !'o"
100 | j
S !<>o
n ,3o
!
i
i
1
M.U.
«'!!;
:io
20
0
• 0
n
4JO
4-<7.
-
O
50
4-
iiT





%s
o /
4.f
O<
O
(0
<3 2.
O
"«
O./
_..
60
"iS




L
PttiiU2L[r(l6)
nu.
30




UMH.
1C


	
— ; 	
JO




(9




\

niM.
5


	

S
'——.-




	
L
j
©
-

Linesi
rONE. POMO
I
                                                                                                  OPE.RATIMG

                                                                                                       101
MODE!
:	i
                                                                                             • NOT TO BE USED FOK DESIGN.
                                                                                               QUANTITIES SHOWN AM fOK
                                                                                               TEST MOGKAM EVALUATION.
                                                                                                                         6lM
                                                                                                                                    1 **
                                                                                                                               BECHTEL
                                                                                                                               <>*•• r«*i, ct;to
                N. X. P C A
         ALKALI scauBfiNi T£6f
                                                                                                                           SLURB.Y now SHEET
                                                                                                                                    M- tot - Mt-
                                                    — I
                                                    Ul
                                                    en

                                                     i
                                                    cr>
                                                    O

                                                    ro
                                                     i
                                                                                                                                                                 o
                                                                                                                                                                 o

-------
             SLOO.RV  n.ow

STKAM

1
2.
3
4-
_5_
"7
8
q
10
IA
II
IT



FLOVl[lfM] t V. SOLIDS
MAX.
GPn
boo
Sit
S7t
575
•»0
*5
t.
KS*
sso
20
390
1
45



**,
.4
15
IS
O.I
o
30
7o
o
0.7
o
14
(ft
30



1YMC.AI,
£-?•£ ,
12.
-— •
3OO L S
75
11
• n
500
J Z
0
SO
10
o
0.7
IJ o
too
S
to
n iso
j
;
j
HIM.
ZiO
£S
«./
Jo | 04
o i O.4-
3
II
n
2
427
450
O
JO
4 .
0


0
•e
/a
£0
j
01
0
0.1
bo
\5

•
I
P^«iU«C[M«l
MAX »io«H.
30 j <0


1






!
HIM.
J











30 | 10
i
J
i





5





   OPERATlNS.MoOE

         102
NOT TO IE USED FO« DESIGN.

QUANTITIES SHOWN ME FO*

TEST F-ROGKAM EVALUATION.
                                    ~1-

                                 BECMTEL
        N. A.. P. C. A

ALKALI  SCBUB*IN&
                            SLUR8.Y FLOW SUCCT
      &1SS
               M-IOt- Mi-J.
                                                                     01
                                                                     tn
en
o

ro
                                                                     o
                                                                     o
                                            n i ii  f mi

-------
OJ
CO
I
                                                                                      SLURRY

STREAM
1
2
3
4
5
&
._!_
«?
10
II
12.
IA
13
14

FLOW [fcrrt] t
fA«.
Gm
too
511
i'?!.
57 I.
S75
3S
4.
Si.;
850
20
Z.GC.
a
45

%i
14
IS
15
IS
15
0.7.
o
30
•70
o

-------

ictut
HOIO

IEB.
T«k


SfTL
KIK.
co
                                                                                                           SLURRY  r».ov«/
STREAM
N!
1
"z
5
4
	 5_
6
7
.„..
~"io"
n
12,
3A
13
'I*-

PLOW I'.Ftil t
r-«AX.
GPn
(.00
toe
too
511
572.
35
4.5
;o
eSo
gjo
20
Zoo
45
10

14.
1*
1*
IS
15
0.2.
0.(
jo
7o
0
0.7
0
14
3o
to

V; SOLIDS
1YC10AL | MlW.
i-DO
4CO
5
5
5
^^!c>.s
3OO 6.'J
rT.
n
S
soo
530
/Oo
0
o;
JO
0
0.7
0
"s
30
60
'
S'M 51S
2?0 !<5./
/oo Jo./
/oo
ZO
o
0
II
2
So
n
i

O.I
0.1
O 1
O.I
10
to
0
0.2.
0
O.I
IS
(TO
Pfttssu«t[r*i
          .«      '„•.•;"
                                                                                                                                 BECHTEL
                                                                                                                                 r, » •. r • » N c i •, c o
 N. *. I*. C . A
scRuseiNfr T£«T
                                                                                                                         VE.NTU*!
                                                                                                                            SLURRY FIOW SHEET
                                                                                                                                      M- 108 - M)-4
                                 Ol
                                 cn
                                 ro
                                 i
                                 §

-------
 I


CD
                                                                                                                                                         •vj
                                                                                                                                                         Ul
                                                                                                                                                         01

                                                                                                                                                         I
                                                                                                                                                         <7>
                                                                                                                                                         O

STREAM
i
z
3
4-
5
6
7
8
3A
10
II




Ptow[<,»M]< ?< SOL IDC
MAK.
(.00
4,00
Coo
572.
joo
£?C
. /z
20
200
ZfcO
e
10




%i
3 7
0.7
0 7
11
2-1
o
2.1
O
0.7
O
fro
(0




TYPICAL
>\7'J
4co
<:o
31E
O
3&i
5io
(4
/OO
IZZ
8
0



"/. S
o
o
a
1.5
AS
O
o
e>
to
to




MlN.
&PM_;
4OO
4oo
400
ML
o
3*U
0
Jo
	
4-
4-




JSS
o
o
•J
O.J
O.J
c>
01
O
C
o
*0
4.0




p«t$iuat[ni6)
MA,.
. .'

30



	
30







Uo*M.


10





10






HIM.


5





S






j
                             TOO

                             300
                                                                                        * NOT TO BE USED FOR DESIGN.
                                                                                         QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE FOR
                                                                                         TEST PROGRAM EVALUATION.
                                                                                                                           BECHTEL
                                                                                                                           s « * r» «« c i •, c o
        N. A. P. C  A
ALKALI SeauaiMNfr  TECT
                                                                                                                              PLOW SMCET
                                                                                                                                M • IO» - Mb- S

-------
  .n..
         VtMTUB.1
SCE.UB5EK ffT,
HOLD
               TA.KIK.
                               ®
                               WATtft
                         HOLD TANK.
                                 DOLOMITE. POND
STRUM
NS
1
Z
3
A
5
6
1
&
IK
<\
10
II



PLOW(*,PM] < */„ SOLI DC
MAX.
6PM
COO
511
-SI*
577-
>00
Sic
Sil
20
Zou
2£o
8
10



% s
O7
/ S
I.S
/.s
/.s
0
/.£
0
0.7
o
60
60



TYPlOL,
C.PM
400
HZ.
•55.
0
I.S
i'6
      SLURRY FLOW
                                                                                                   M- lot
CJI
cn
 i
o*
o
IN5

§
O
o

-------
              SLUR.RY
STREAM
MI
1
2.
3
d-
-f-
7
a
q
10
it
Ti~
13


FtOw['.fti] ( % SOLIDS
MAX.
GPI-I
LOO
£.00
'.CO
S"»2-
S71
«SC
350
25
/« «
7-OO
to


14-
14-
14
IS
IS
0 1
30
O
0.7
O
>4
lo
to


TYPICAL.

4-so
40C

-------
                                                                                                     SLURRY
   s
  I) AT A
                  VtUTOttJ
                  SC.KU&M.K.
.£»
oo
STREAM
N»
1
._-„.
3
4-
S
&
7
2
<^
10
II
36.
IZ



FLOW^.PM] $ % SOL IDS
MAX.
too
to.-)
(.CO
sit
5'TL
SIS
15"
tib
*S
850
8
Zoo
4?



ss_
U
14.
1*
IS
IS
0.7.
O
0
30
AS
60
/4



TYPICAL
6PM
4*0
4-30
??-
ICO
% s
5
—
5
S
t.s
«..S
" 
                                                                                                                     SLURR.Y  FLOW 5 MEET
                                01
                                I
                                o^
                                O
                                PO

                                73
                                O

                                O
                                O

-------
|ftbsvu««.y
  TO.IWIK.
              Puow



1
•2.
3
4
5
(o
_7
q
1(7
(1
I A,
17.



FLOW[',PM] 4 % SOLI DC
MAX.
iOiD
512.
S12.
ST2.
57S
1?
iJS
4S
SSC
£
200
45



»ii
14-
IS
IS
15
IS
e.t
0
o
30
60
14-
zo



TYPICAL] HIM.
400
5
3-!?.Ui
i^r
°i

t i
jcolts
7?
zcr
Soo
n
j^:
s
;oo
n


0.?.
o
o
if-
O.7
bo
5
10


!
G'M i^JS
ZJO io.l
<7C 0.4
.•£_
-°-J
e
o
04
0.4
0.4-
0-1
O
n j_'o
450JO.Z
4- ! 60
ffo
n



O.I
IS



PR«tURt[«tG)
MM.
JO










70




**H.
/O










to




MiN.
5










5




L '
d ,
/
®
; I ' DouoMifE TV>MP
       MODE
107 B
                                                            • NOT TO BE USED FOR DESIGN.

                                                           1  QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE FOX

                                                           •'  TEST PROGRAM EVALUATION.
                                    '—rt'A-,—iKil —
                         BECHTEL
                       N. A. P. C.A

               ALKALI  scaueeiN&
                     SLURRY FLOW SHEET
                                                                                      1?.E
                             Wt- loft -MS- 9
                                                     cn
                                                     01
                                                                                                                           l
                                                                                                                          
                                                                                                                          o
                                                      i

                                                     §

                                                     o
                                                     o

-------
tn
I
                                       TAJJK.
                                                           WTR.
                                                     TA.UK.
                        1  i  f
                                                                                                   SLURRY  Twow DATA
STOAM
N»
I
E
3
4
5
6
7
8
«?
\a
.'.A,
11
12.



Ptow[tni] ^ ^i SOLIDS
MAX.
6PH
foOO
too
too
SO
S7S
41
.'5
850
850
,30
jc»:
850
850



Xi
!T
14
14
IS
IS
o
40
o
z
o
(4
•L
O



TYPICAL
GPM^
40c'
4cc
%,s
10
10
Ase i 10
'jt
34-^
t-
£
1OO
503
/fc
ICO
v?s
Z'Jo



II
II
C
(.0
C
1
J
10
1
I.S
O



HIM.
6>M XS
100
100
iOO
ts
7.S
10
5
152.
4 SO
8
So
Z1S"
Z10



3
J
t
4
4
a
4c
c
O-S
0
3
t.4-
O



pftesiURt[rtt&3
MM.
Me**.
... f

30







30





10







10





MiN.


J-







5




.
                                                                                                                                 to
                                                                                                                                       l*o
                                                                                                    MOD£
108
                                                                                    • NOT TO IE USED FOR DESIGN.

                                                                                     QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE FOR

                                                                                     TEST PROGRAM EVALUATION.
                                                                                                                 ItlL-fO l-Ca
                                                                                                                                         I
lei"
                                                                                                                       BECHTEL
                       N. A . P. C .
                                                                                                                                  FACILITY
                                                                                                                  SLURB.Y FLOW SHEET
                                                                                                                           W- 106 - MS- II
                                                       Ol
                                                       en
                                                       a*
                                                       o

                                                       ro

                                                       XI
                                                       o
                                                        i
                                                       o
                                                       o

-------
          SLURRY Tuow
STREAM
N!
1 -
2
3
4-
5
C,
7
8
Cf
10
IA.
II
n..



FLOW^PM] i % SOLID:
WAX.
&PCI
L.OO
59J-
C'l
SO
ETS
tr-L
IS
a so
1C
JfPO
250
e«>




14-
14
I'r
'.S
IS
0
do
a
1
o
14-
i
0



TTPICAL

100 | (O
'j^J I0

i*O
34-L
4-L
8
Zoo
503
/b
IOO
Z<1S
t^O



o
- ....
n
il
a
C
1
o
IO
-^



MIN.

t 3O
!00
IC3
15
^5
/o
S
4-50
s
3
5
}
4.
4
0
4o
OS
cs
o
*> J3
W3 |o,f
110 JO
I
j
I
PdtStURt[MI6l
MAX
30









)0





MOKM.
10









10





MIN.
s









S



*

                                                         —I
                                                         tn
                                                         01
                                                         cr>
                                                         O
                                                         «^
                                                         ro
                                                          i
                                                         73
                                                         O

                                                         O
                                                         O
                                       to
OPERATING MODE

     108 B
 •NOT TO BE USED FOR DESIGN.
.  QUANTITIES SHOWN AR£ FOR
t  TEST PROGRAM EVALUATION.
                           Hi*
                                          ~T
                             BECHTEL
                           N. A.. P. C . A

                   ALKALI  scnueeiN* T£«T
                                         > SrsjeH

                         SLURRY FLOW Sneer  '
                                 kA- IO&-

-------
               'SLURRY  Tuow DATA
STREAM
N»
1
Z
3
4.
5
6
7
S
3A
1
10




-i - —
Ftow[orri] 4 J4 SOL ICE
MAX.
GPtt
c,oo
OVi
600
S^L
zoc
J-7C
S1Z
20
AOO
lo
eso





M
07
0.7
22
T -t-
C
t f
o
0.7
60
0





TYPICAL
<;>PM :%S
4co; a
«0 i '->
4 3- a
31Z
c
3 at
530
14
foo
8
Uo





o
/ s
'.5
O
I.5
C
C
do
0





HIM.
GPM
4c'
•tCC

O

ro

70
O

O
O

-------
                                VEUTOB.I
                                SC.K.U6BCK.
                                3:
 I

oo
                               •^      1(3)
                                       KEC.-E
                                                      WXTfcR.
                                                                                                SLURRY

STREAM

i
2
3
4-
5
6
7
a
IA.
<\
10



*

Ftow [<.m] < % SOLIDS
MAX.
6PM
too
S<>2.
112-
571
ZOO
s?o
s-r*.
io
AOO
10
SSo





%i
J-7
'•5
1.5
1.5
.' S
0
'5
0
0.7
£>D
O





TYPICAl-
6PI' '/.SI
4oo o
i-?z'
J?L
AS
/.5
S^ZJ/.S
O j/. 5
3S6.
530
If
/oo
8
0
0
(7
60
120 i o





___~



MlH
*30
.'?:-

its
o
0.}
si rz. lo.J
572
ii
4SO
0
50
0-5
03
0
0 J
a
0
4 |6o
ST4-|0
.









PREJlURE.[rUs I t««CUCO
        M A. P. C. A
ALKALI  scBoe»iN6 TE«r FACILITY
                                                                                                                       icRU3BI>i<>
                                                                                                                SUURH.Y FLOW SHEET
                                                                                                                        M- IO6 -Mi-ll -

-------
STREAM
NI
	 \_ 	
2
3
4
?
6~
7
a
<\
10
3A
II



1
TLOW[OPM] ( »4 SOLlDC
MAX.
GfriJ* S
tr>---
t,Cx-j
i.00
50
STJ
4^
15
CLO
Si'o
20
300
ts




H
14
!•«
15
IS
O
i.0
O
Z
O
14-
za




1V?ICAL
6PM
4c.o
4os
-v-,o
£o
i42
1T1
.«
Coo
533
/&
too
M
10
10
IO
ii
2L
0
X.
O
1
0
IO
ZS 1 18








HIM.
. C. A
                                       3cRUBBi"6
                                       PLOW Sneer
                                        M- IQ6 -
171
01
                                ro
                                i
                                §
                                o
                                o

-------
                                  vtuiuu

                                  SCROOfttB.
                        M«(_OTA,KIK.
,^

L tm
MK.

1
ttCIR

Ul
C3
I
                                                 PltOCt^S VMTtft

                                                 WOLO TA.UK.
                            \F»\.Ttlt/
                                                                                                     SLURRY n_ow

N!
1
2.
3
4-
5

-------
tn
•

\
STR«=*M
NS.
1
2
B
4
5
U
7
3
')
10
1 1
il




FiowfoPr^i % Souos
h-lfcX.
6PM '% 5
1.1 or
II!'.-
U'.:r
ui^;
«.:
•?v
6
£V.
iSO
?o
*c.
S
-•'•C,-^'
I -A
i z •.'•;•
U
5
3
1 23 '.
n
T
5.
G42.
5eo
I*.
n
n





OPERATING MODE
20 1
.' ' NOT TO BE USED FOR DESIGI'
* QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE FO
. TEST PROGRAM EVAlUATIOh
1
x- •' ~- ^- •: -.
??
jr>
C
to
d.l
C
0
^o
2o




f
Ml*
Pr-i
Joo
4'.
(J
re.
~
K,
4
450
412.
T
n
n







"I
1
J. '
K .
'. ;
f:
/i
£•

i'-*5
0
. >•",
-
-
IS
C.
J.C

w
c
o
lo
IS




WlSSUBE[«kn
r>x.
r;















A.M.
5"















Mill.
O.i

















Vl?

*^

C».' "''f
.•^•;t5 fn VPvc.M.
-i^ir^—— r~

ioHPUWT UK)
ftflMfUHT 300
-1-4-1
f-.>''1
E--j£.-*?~
BECHTEL
;»» < XNCISCO
tJ A. PC. A
ALI.cn-iTx(<
Tr.A SC.Pu.miiU':, SY1«'»sM
SUUP.PX FLOW SwEGT

(@?
IM<.
i.^5
t**» k« ' Ml
M- 109 - MS- 1 0
                                                                                                                                                                tn
                                                                                                                                                                tn
                                                                                                                                                                i
                                                                                                                                                                m
                                                                                                                                                                o
                                                                                                                                                                i

                                                                                                                                                                §

                                                                                                                                                                o
                                                                                                                                                                o

-------
en
ro



1
?_
i
4
- 5
(o
1
&
9
10
1 1
a




Fiow(i>pr'i] £ % SOLIDS
r-iA*.
6PM '% ',
I.-.CC-
ib'::
!•:<
:57<
^1
il
fi
JS^
ISO
Zc,
fe
45




IS
li
••..
0
JO
c
u-
of
0
0
lo
3o




TYPICAI.
6i-M
;/:.-
.'•?'-•
;:;?.
(2C
:7

8
53o
Soo
/*
•j
n




VLL
IT
5
'J
*>
'/
£.0
O t
0
O
7o
2o




M.rt
f?M
^-•-.
•)•->
o
i ft
n
>.
4
450
42.T
7
7.
n




T-s
O
0-0

-
15
c
t*
c. i
j
C
to
IS




9ftEiSu«C«Kfl
:r-















••laiM.
5















Mill.
^•5















                                                                                                                                                         in
                                                                                                                                                         en

                                                                                                                                                         i
                                                                                                                                                         01
                                                                                                                                                         CD
                                                                                                                                                          I

                                                                                                                                                         70
                                                                                                                                                         O


                                                                                                                                                         O
                                                                                                                                                         O
                                                                                                                                             100

                                                                                                                                             3oo
                                                                                            OPERATING  MODE

                                                                                                  2.0 -L
>OE
                                                                                        'NOT TO IE USED FOR DESIGN.

                                                                                       I  QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE FOR j

                                                                                         TEST PROGRAM EVALUATION. .

                                                                                                                     Gi •
                                                                                                                           BECHTEL
                                                                                                                           Skll IKKCMCO
               fJ A. PC. A

      Au*Au SC«u&l»lfJ&
                                                                                                                  TtA
                                                                                                                                    SHEET
                                                                                                                                          - 2

-------
C.OOL61.
            up
CD ®
~ J '
"1 \**s
i



P8OCS85 WATER.
HOLE* TA.MK.
                                                                     FV.OW DATA
                                                Ni
                                                to
                                                                  94 sonos
                                                      V.5
                                                      IO
                                                      10
                                                          10
                                                          to
                                                              •SCO
                                                              530
                                                                   to
       Ml hi

     f-P^**' ij
                                                                      150
                                                                           60
                                                                                         Mid.
                                                OF-ERATif4G  MODE
''}
                                    ^ • NOT TO BE USED FOR DESIGN, i

                                     •  QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE FO* '•

                                     J  TEST PROGRAM EVALUATION.
.'J%~*~» ^* ^ ^^ ^* \^\»» »\\ v^Vx^^ VW^~\~\\ . % \iN* v
*\\\*% \»\ \\\» \% »\» x\»*%» * » V \-.\v „ v\%
                                                                                 BEGHTEL
                                                                                 SAN fMANCISCO
                                                                               iJ A  PC  A
                                                                          TC.A

                                                                            SLURRY  Ft-ov«  sweet
                                                                             CIS 5
                                                                                        - icq -
                                               en
                                               en

                                                i
                                               
                                               o

                                               ro


                                               §

                                               O
                                               o

-------
en
-P.
                                                                                                   SIURR.Y n.ow DATA

STMA.M

1

5
4-
S
la
~l
8
9
10
It
12.
13



Fl&w[GPKU JiSouOS
r-i*x.
<">Pf1 !
z<-

zn
l-l
LV-.
M-.
:r;
17
/Z.3
7
£
51o
172
/6
31Z
2
^8&



°AS
S
c
c
i'V
S
ft
'«.
o.t.
0
o
I.S
1,0
0



Ml>4
f-?v.
j.O
•»5
O
/7
.'a
6
*
4^0
?o
T
^Z
4-
ISfo



*. ^
•»
C.I

//,
-
n
fri
OJ
.<•
0
0.3
bO
o



paESSoetp
KV.K.
i















**M.
3















s«l
Mid,
o Z















                                                                                        E
     OPERATING MODE
4 • NOT TO SE USED FOR DESIGN, i
i QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE FOR '
1 TEST PROGRAM EVALUATION. '
                                              rwifUJT loo
                                                    \»Q
                                                    loo
                                                                                                                       BECHTEL
                                                                                                                       SAN INAMCIiCO
                                                                                                                     Nl A  PC A
                                                                                                             ALKAU  scRLB'i'Nii Ttsr O.CH.ITY
                                                                                                                TC.A
                                                                                                                                SHEET
                                                                                                                              109
                                                              -vl
                                                              VI
                                                              en

                                                               i
                                                              
                                                              O
                                                                                                                                                  •ya
                                                                                                                                                  o
                                                                                                                                                  i
                                                                                                                                                  CD
                                                                                                                                                  O

-------
©
                    HVQR.AT6    MAKE UP
^
®
^©~
1
i


~
WA.T4B
,©
pBocsaa wATtK.
NOLP T4.KJH

                                            PCMO
                                                                                             DATA  >
N*
1
^
^
4
5
(o
1
6
9
10
il
\1
13



FIOW[GPM]£ yf sotios
I-1A.K.
IGPM i%s
/.;.-c
'£-.'•'
•JST
.3-;:.
*5
v'i
a
«i-..
ii'c,
/o
-SG
•1C.
10



!'-•
.5
/S
o
30
r;
60
•-1 ."i
•-
o
»"J
3o
to



TXflCAU
6PM :^s
I-W-,
:-o
/.-:;:
/Z3
/ 7
1
•
533
SCO
£
II
n
g



5
J
5-
-•
JC
0
to
<:.f.
-
c
£•
^o
to



.r.1:
Joo
*-S
G
,/;
'7
«
-»
-5SD
5
'0
n
4-




'}-'>
<.
Cf
-
-
I'J
(.
6.0
'i
r,
c.
o
ID
60



patsiutztc^Kn
r>K.
















rJc^M.
















M-.
















                                                 (OM fUW 100
      OPtRATlNG MODE

            205
3
i

i ' NOT TO BE USED FOR DESIGN.
;  QUANTITIES SHOWN AXE FOR

i  TEST PROGRAM EVALUATION.
                                                                                    \

                                                                                                 1C,' APCL/A*!
                                                                                                 BECHTEL
                                                                                                 s • •, rxkciSCO
                                                                                               tl A. P.O. A

                                                                                      ALKAU scftuBftiMO  TtsT rxctuiTv
                                                                                         TCX
                                                                                             SLOR.RX
                                              >Y'jl CM

                                              SHEET
                                                                                                                   ~nr
                                                                                                 ^   1 M- 109 • wo-S  | o
                                                                  ro
                                                                  i
                                                                  73
                                                                  O
                                                                  I
                                                                  o
                                                                  o

-------
 I

en
1      ®.
                                                          MAKu OP
J_?.l 1©
w


.(«.
P8OCS5S W»,Tt«.
MOLO TA.KIK,
^^ j»-
)
                                                (M)
                                       do)
                                                          OouOMlTB



1
I
1
4-
r
(o
7
8
<5
10
1 1
12.
13
14


FiowfoPri] 4 ?i tonos
CM AX.
.'.PM '
r i .
/,-.-.:
•)•;;•
ii .".
•n.

75
'7
1
&
rA2-
500
if.
n
n


P ^
5
i.
c-
(r
f
I.
JO
c-
6J
•3/
0
O
io
lo


M.H.
C H '*".
.-,-V
Z-'::
-!'J
*'.
'-
0
17
J
4
^D
4-IZ.
7
17
n


^•i
C
.-, /
0-1
c...r
-
-
IS
o
i.0
r>;
0
o
IO
IS


VTWSSORECPSKn
rVK.
















A*M.
















MicJ.
















                                                                                            OPttlATlNG MODE

                                                                                                 iO Co       I
                                                                       . * NOT TO K USED FOR DESIGN.
                                                                       «   QUANTITIES  SHOWN ARE FOR

                                                                       '   TEST PROGRAM E VALUATION.

                                                                                                                           BECHTEL
                                                                                                                          1A P, I • A K C I '. C 0
        M  A. PC. A
AI.KAU SCRUB & INI& TtsT OS.CILITY
                                                                                                                  TCA.
                                                                                                                      Si.uR.fcr FLOW  SHEET
                                                                                                                               M- IO9 - Mi- (>
                                                                                                                                                        tn
                                                                                                                                                        CJ1
                                                                                                                                                        ro
                                                                                                                                                         i
                                                                                                                                                        70
                                                                                                                                                        O
                                                                                                                                                         I
                                                                                                                                                        O
                                                                                                                                                        O

-------
         coouc
 I

en
                                SCRUbBCB.
)




iCRU
u»

SOE
VB '


«. tf r.
rtwK
                       U-J
                                                      1®
                                              P80CC3S WATtH.
                                                                                                       "V FXew
                                                                                       Nt
                                                                                       4-
                                                                                       10
                                                                                             .70
      IS
         Go
                                                                                                    /J
                                                                                                   S
                      1,0
                                                                                                           ion
                                                                                                           1-10
                                                                                                           I5Z.
                                                                                                               0 ',
                                                                                                              40
                                                                                                                           Mlfl
OPERATING MODE
             50E
i • NOT TO BE USED FOR DESIGN.
I  QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE FOR ;

I  TEST PROGRAM EVALUATION.
                                                                                 I
                                                                                                                    BECHTEL
                                                                                                                    S » '. f • A n C I 5 C 0
                                                                                                                    A PC  A
                                                                                                           TCA.  c,CHl EiiI•.;<",  IViTtM

                                                                                                                             SutET
                                                          01
                                                          tn

                                                           i
                                                          en
                                                          o

                                                          ro
                                                                                                                                                O
                                                                                                                                                O

-------
01
O3
I
                                                                                                          StURR-V
STMAH
NS.
\
Z
3
4-
£
t.
7
8
9







Fiow(on4]4 >i SOL 10 s
MAX.
/
ze
\ *,
c
o
to







TYPICAL
«.?M
/•;.-.-.
•i^o
i-
25
20
^3A
Soo
35-
1







•is
/4
/•*
/,'
o
2.8
<3->
O
C
bo







rti»»
f-pt^
''. -i :,
?.So
W
/>
4
4CO
4-42.
0
4-







%^
1
7
7
O
Ifi
a.t
-j
c
&o







PftessoatCPSKiT
**.
















*t*.
















Mitl.
















                                                                                               OPERATING  MODE
                                                                                                      Zoft
I * NOT TO BE USED FOR DESIGN.
  QUANTITIES SHOWN AXE FOR
  TEST PROGRAM EVALUATION.
                                                                                                                         &.U HI*
                                                                                                                               BECHTEL
                                                                                                                             hi. A. PC. A,
                                                                                                                                     TE.ST
                                                                                                                      TCA ^CW)-r .I'.HJG  i
                                                                                                                          SLURR.Y FLOVM  SHE.ST
                                                                                                                                   M - '03 - i/.s -

-------
               SUURR.Y O.ow DATA
   STMAM
     7
     10
     II
           4'J
              (.0
                  TYPICAL
                  76
53i

Boo
                  35
                      60
                         f-PM
                          +50

                          i-n
                              to
     OPERATING  MODE

           7. e. O

j ' NOT TO Bt USED FOR DESIGN.

.1 QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE FOR

{ TEST fROORAM EVALUATION. :
                                           Mid.
                                                      100
               r.;> f:. .'.
                                    BECHTEL
                                   -, • i, r • « H c I s c o
                         ALKAU
                  A  PC. A

                        ttsr
                                             SHF,CT
                                        M- 109 -
                                             tn
                                             en
                                             ro


                                             §

                                             O
                                             o

-------
 I


CTt


 I
                         cJ
 w
 K1 ^ v
1;
                          \
                                  PLOODEO  BCD

                                     Sca.uuae.ti.
                     CD
                         SLA.KIWC, TK.
                              MAKfi UO

                               V*.TSR
u
,
@
© @*





PeOCtSS WKTtK.
HOLD TA.MK.
 aeiLoiavt »

   TAKJK.
                         >'!
                          v»
                                                                                                               FT-OW  DATA
SmMi
Ni
I
2
}
4
5
t,
7
&
o
9
10
II
12-




FIOW[OPK] £ >i sotios
MAX.

M
li
i'j
!';•
tU
Cl
Jo
0
t
IS
"Jo
to




TVPltAL
(irK\
-'t<~ '-
,-••
3 . '.'.
ICC
:: •'<:
?i
n
Goo
Z?
0*2.
n
S




'(•"*
c
t
<
/^
{,
2
30
O
0
01
3o
60




MlW
r-?r,
i---
a;
/ Vi.
IS
r,
o
n
4.12.
i
450
n
4-




.
'!•;•;'
^
C.L
r.. '_
3.'j
-
0
IS
c
0
o y
10
&0




PfmSSUBSfl'SKil
r/.K.
•;j
/














tJo*M.
— '
1














Mid.
10
1














                              <-IM6«TO>J»  POUO
                                                                                           OPERATING MODE
                                                              J • NOT TO BE USED FOR DESIGN.

                                                              J  QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE FO«

                                                               I  TEST PROGRAM EVALUATION.

                                                               I
                                                                                                                        o fei Ari«i»vi.\.
                                                                                                                          BECHTEL
                                                                                                                          •nu r ««nclsc0
                                                                                                                        hJ. A. P C. A
                                                                                                                 LOOO6D P.i.o


                                                                                                                      SuuR.o.r
                                                                                                                               W-HO - Mi-
                                                                                                                                                      tn
                                                                                                                                                      tn
                                                                                                                                                      o
                                                                                                                                                       I
                                                                                                                                                      o
                                                                                                                                                      o

-------
PfiOCSSJ WATtR.

 HOLO TA.MH
                                                  SLURRY fXow DATA
STMMl
Ni
1
T.
3
4-
S
(o
1
8
«
10
II
IT.




Pl6w[o?M]4 y. SOLiOS
MAX.
r,pri iy.s
40;
i r.-
^,-". '•-
v=c
iS-i
i!.U
«
810
?-SO
25
b
9




M
i'j
•;
"
irj
0.1
2C
O
3 i
0
^B
fco




TXPJCAU
Gi'^^
.•,/.--
IGO
•ii..
iOr.
? "t'
?i
n
5oo
SJo
Z5
5
8




•t«,
^
t,
L
b
4,
o
JC-
o
o.t
o
10
t>0




Mirf
f-FM
_.-)0
V-
1-1 i.
/ ;
0
o
/ 7
4«17
4Co
7
7.
4-




r ^
c
c.c
c.f>
: r.
-
o
>~

•> i
o
60
fee.




PttlSSUfcEtPSKn
r>x.
70
/














t««M.
70
1














MliJ.
/o
1














                                        OPERATING MODE

                                                         )
                                     NOI TO K USED FOK DESIGN.
                                      QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE FOR
                                      TEST PROCKAM EVALUATION.
                                                                      BECHTEL
                                                                     S A :. f • • « c I i C 0
. A PC  A
                                                                    ISO
                                                                               SMCET
                                                                              t**«i*a ••     I «t


                                                                          M- nO • MS-2. I O
                          01
                          01
                          ro

                          73
                          O
                          I
                          O
                          O

-------
ro
i
                                                                                                                 FUow
                                                                                           STIUAH

                                                                                             Nt
                                                                                             10
                                                                                             11
                                                                                             n-
                                                                                                                 Sotios
           IMA*.  TYPICAL
                                                                                                   ID
                                                                                                       i.0
                                                                                                          Sod
                                                                                                            14
                                                                                                           n
                                                                                                               >s
                                                                                                               1C
                                                                                                               10
                                                                                                                  411
                                                                                                                   n
                                                                                                                       (.c
                                                                                                                       IS
                                                                                                                           /a
                                                                                                                                /s
                                           MM.
                                                                                                                                            ftoeut i.'
j« NOT TO SE USED FOR DESIGN. ,

  QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE FOR i

  TEST PROGRAM EVALUATION. •
                                                                                                                             BECHTEL
                                                                                                                            S*'l IXNCItCO
                                                                                                                          »J A. PC. A

                                                                                                                  At-KAu SC«o6S(M6 TtST fAClUTY
                                                                                                                        SLURRY
                                             Sneer
                                                                                                                         C.*155
                                                                                                                                 M- no -
                                                                                                                                                          Ol
                                                                                                                                                          en
ro

•yo
O
 i
o
o

-------
.,-®-
FuOOC-tC> BtO

stau^BtR.
\o
1 1
15
14
IS
                   SOLIDS
     GPM %S
      •t'j
      Zo
      t'Ju
          tc.
          Of,
          Z.2
              11,
             5JO
             IZ2.
             3 £6
                 '.5
                                                                                           to
                      Mlti-
                      to
                     n
                     450
                         e.3
                                                                                                  1,0
                             it
                                          HILJZ.OV
                                                loo
                                         ro
OPE.RATING MOCE

      304-      I
                                                                      * NOT TO »E USED FOR DESIGN.

                                                                       QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE FOR ,
                                                                       TEST PROGRAM EVALUATION.
                                                                                             A
                      !/u
                         CLH m.v
                                                                                                                  I
                                                                                                                  ::.;>«! r-l-

                              BECHTEL
                              SAX f«««CISCO
                            »J  A. PC. A

                    ACKAU SC«l.'B9iM6  T6.ST
                                  FLOW SHEET
                                   M- HO - M4-4
                                                            01
                                                            en
                                                                                                                                      ro
                                                                                                                                       i
                                                                                                                                      73
                                                                                                                                      O
                                                                                                                                       I
                                                                                                                                      O

-------
10
          SLURRY
13
1*
15
     Pf1
     4CC
      Jo
     45
          01
          7.5
          lo
          60
             n
                 c-t.
                 to
                     fill*-
                     n
                    415
                     10
                     n
                        02
                         03
                         10
                           60
                           ryx.
                            It
OPERATING MODE

NOT TO SE USED FOR DESIGN.
QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE FOR
TEST PROGRAM EVALUATION.
                    A
                                     /O
                                                          -J
                                                          in
                                                          in
                                                             ro
                                                             I
                                                             •yo
                                                             o
                                                             O
                                                             o
                                          KlUfcOY

                               BECHTEL
                               A. PC. A
                                     TE.ST
                    rLOoDto  Btti otuimaiiici  SYV»«M
                          SLURJW FLOVAI  SHEET
                           CIS 5
                                   M- HO -
                                                 1

-------
                                                                                                         SLURRY  rv.ow  DATA,
                                             Oto
cr»
en
STftfcAM
Ni
1
1
1
-•1
4
5
U
7
8
9
10
1 1
\1
13
14


Flow [&PH] 4 yf SOL.DS
MAX.
uI-M _,
t
\r>
'•S
IS
IS
C-.l
JO
o
4-0
Q4
*
6
45
O


TYPICAL
Gi'M
.1. .-,
/CO
J "
I?'
•i-tr
Kl
n
o
f
53.0
S2t
O
14
i


"rs
5
b
«,
<.
6
C
in
c
00
o.^
r/
0
S
o


Ml»4
f-FM
J.50
/".o
:-;z
zo
c
r
n
a
4
4EO
446
S
/o
1


>is
0.3
s ;:
0.7
.:• i;
-
0
/s
o
6C.
e.j
c
c
ff
0


patvsoRt(P5»6l
r>x.
tl
i














^M.
15
1














Mill.
IO
1














     lof-eHATiNG MODE
     I       5 o fa       I
I
{ • NOT TO BE USED FOR DESIGN.
<  QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE FOR
4  TeST PROGRAM EVALUATION.  :
                                                            »-. » »»\ %» *^\ V^%\xx\^^^\vNvX \^" _*
                                                           x«»\\\» v* .>»xx»..x»».o »%^» ,;o*
                                                                                                                  A
                                                                                                                        Ci*. HV
                                                                                                                        tiiUCO F:- APPIO/*1.
                                                                                                                                           "Vf.a~
                                                                                                                              BECHTEL
                                                                                                                                 I«»HCISCO
                                                                                                                            tJ A. PC. A
                                                                                                                   AuKAu SCA>.'69IM6  T6.ST
                                                                                                                          eo  ato
                                                                                                                          SUUR.RT
                                               SMEET
                                                                                                                                   M- HO - t/.S- &
tn
tn
 i
cr>
o
ro
                                                                                                                                                             o
                                                                                                                                                             0

-------
en
 i
                                                                                                            H-ow

y*t*n
N*
1
'L
3
4
5
t,
1
8
9
to
\\





FLOW (am] £ Ji sotios
r-irfm.
GPM i% i
:.co
i«o
(.!> '
3 ;."
;'•'-'
'fl'
P:<
* £'-
Z?
45
a





•4
;.;
,b
/^,
2 /
Jo
e-3
c
a
^u
6r





TYPICAL
<.i-M
/io
<-r
,TO
i«r
e:
77
^2
5co
2-5
n
E





>s
S
r
t,
6
c
js
c> j
&
o
lo
60





M(»<
C-PM
/»<:
JOB
tC
c
0
r;
4 fro
4IZ
7
n
4






^i
0
c>
O *j
-
-
;S
£.--
e
o
10
to





PfUiSufcEtfSKT]
r>x.
7.
19














tJoRM.
2.
IS














Mill.
Z
/o














                                                                                         OPE.RATING MODE
                                                                                               30-;       I
                                                                                    1  * NOT TO K USED FOK DESIGN.
                                                                                       QUANTITIES SHOWN ARE FO»
                                                                                       HST ntOCRAM EVALUATION.
                                                                                                                       BECHTEL
        rJ A. PC. A
AcKAU  SCRU6SIK16 T6.ST
                                                                                                             F~UOOC>6O tt-O

                                                                                                                   SuuR.R.r FLOW
                                                                                                                              HO
                                                                                                                                                  Ul
                                                                                                                                                  en
                                                                                                                                                  ro
                                                                                                                                                   i
                                                                                                                                                  73
                                                                                                                                                  O
                                                                                                                                                   I
                                                                                                                                                  O
                                                                                                                                                  O

-------
J

FLOODED
StlU&OtB.



MMIMBMMM^K
®
1_


^^



in


S4At


V


kic,


\
\

x
r*.

0

/
Mfc




y.


1 THICKtUfeH.
^-^^^

^•^^•••M


•••••

1
At
•^
^^

n
r*
1
^•i
s*
-H

.U
KJ
r
>—
^
{
T
««
K.


-I
	 	

J


7



(T
V
•— -1 '
^_J 	
®





... 1 ^i
i




M**KI
• •• " /^s"i i ,- v
Cf.'l 4-")
process WATS*.
HOt. ft TAMK.
© '


I .UP

(fi

"3
•»M ' LiMCSToMfc PQMO


)
:J-
j '
SLURK.V R.OW DATA ->^-

Ni
l
Z
3
A
5
L
7
6
9
10
i i
\1
\ ':
K


FLOW [OPM] i y» SOLIOS
MAX.
Zco
•',cc
iCC
If.
i'~-
*5
*2
(0
3:c
810
20
,
5?i
51o


M
• r-
'5
:ii
O.I
20
o ;
iw
Ofi
0
0
0
7.2
O


TYPICAL
f.c
.Jco
,":r.
;:•>.•
33
/7
7
3
52»o
I30
/e.
o. 1
212
W



5
5
fe
<.
<•
io
O
to
*.c
o
Ci
f\
1.5
0


'.?M v. <;
IOC
ioo
zo
o
o
17
8
.;.
teO
K4
7
O
212
3l'J
-------
J,
C
<§)

SCURRY FLow O*TA> -f-
^ 	 ^



Tl«l-i
"^,
Y
a
\
-f


>\
D
. /"




1*
rl
/
Tfc*..


». >- U.f*.
^-"
/

_vhr

1
•_t«.&L<-< m •
©
7
-, ®
J
C')|
7
(10)
" 7








" v.
t.r- >
I',


l-l'.K.
CATAUVST
ls.'/kTB<»
peaces WATEK.
MOLf> TA(0>1


fj

1
••'





•r
C
I T

STRtA-M I
Nt j
•^••••l^rvaWH
1 ?

b
4
5
t,
V
s
^
10
11
IZ
1?



rio«[G?r-iU y- s°>-
MAs.
c: f •''. ;

?•-:

i ;•
.; •
•','
-jr.
/y
-.',,
ff
JZ
jr
10



:'.



'•
.-i ,•
C.
L H
'••Z
T
•">
O
to



7YPi0
«
i
R




i
t-


.-.
L
-S-
c.
40
it.
o
o
o
^n



.OS
Mtfl
f-rri
.; .. i .
C-


'••
. :
; ;
--
j-
f
4EO
44 Z
7
(
4-





1
OPf-RATlNG MODE
4OT TO SE USED FOR OK\Ct
3UANTITIES SHOWN ARE FO
EST PROGRAM EVALUATION

1
* •



'.
L
~7
^ r
11 3*
0 I


-
C
IS
:
i-
'..-.
o
o
C
£o



VtKisoat[P-..il
^x.
V:















IrtlM.


















ft'

T***_
«...
••-















• "•*• -





(•«t' », ^
11' .IEO Ft'.'. If", r. M '
\-
». _
••^M

1

4-un
trH
TiTi^i !
I...-;
BECHTEL
i • •! r « « x ci -. CO
rJ A. P
AtKAU 5C«ob^»-
1-'
LOOULO at u s
(Sff.
mw
^155
C A
»& Tt$r rxcu-iTv
CCi.xfc\i-:Ci '.Y'.Ti M
• tow 5waeT
M>«M «. M.
M- I 13 - I/. 5. -9 •-
en
01
ro
 i

§
 i
o
o

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO



                                APPENDIX D

             DETAILED ASSESSMENT OF X-RAY ANALYTICAL  METHODS

D.I  EVALUATION AND RECOMMENDATION OF X-RAY  INSTRUMENTATION

     As a result of the studies performed on this  program, the  Applied

Research Laboratories (ARL)  units were recommended for both  laboratory and

on-line use.  The details of this review are presented below  under  the four
following categories:

     •    Cost review of suitable X-ray instrumentation,

     •    Evaluation of technical capability of instrumentation,

     t    Manpower requirements for operation,  and

     t    Preliminary specifications for X-ray  instrumentation.

D.I.I  Cost Review of Suitable X-ray Instrumentation

         Wavelength Dispersive Type Spectrometer              •

         •  Applied Research Laboratories (A.R.L.)

            Model PCXQ 44000 (for on-line analysis of slurries)

            Instrument Cost:  a)  Single stream without a computer,
                                     $70K

                              b)  Fifteen streams without a  computer,
                                     $100-110K

                              c)  Fifteen streams with a computer,
                                     $150-160K

            Computer Programming:  $6K for 6 man weeks plus  $0.2K per
                                   day as required

            The PCXQ 44000 is the only instrument seen to date that could
            serve as an on-line analyzer for liquid slurries.  The  prices
            above are for units with a scanning spectrometer, six fixed
            spectrometers, and an external  standard.   The instrument oper-
            ates with a helium x-ray path since elements lighter than
            manganese will be included in the analytical  program.


            Model VXQ 25000 with 46000 Console (LAB Unit)

            Instrument Cost:  a)  ^$60K with computer capability

                              b)  -490K includes computer (HP  2114C)
                                   -169-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
             The VXQ 25000 laboratory unit priced  above would  include  a
             scanning spectrometer,  six fixed spectrometers, and  an
             external standard.   This instrument can  operate in the
             manual  or automatic mode in helium or vacuum.
             Model  VXQ 25000 with 245000 Console  (LAB  Unit)

             Instrument Cost:  a)  Single scanning  spectrometer,  $41K

                               b)  Up to 4 fixed  spectrometers, add
                                      $1.5K each

                               c)  Six fixed spectrometers  installed,
                                      add $2.2K each

             The VXQ 25000 with the 245000 console  includes  a  scanning
             spectrometer, a variable number of fixed  spectrometers, and
             an external  standard.   It is a unit  that  can be operated
             manually or automatically.   Readout  is in direct  %
             concentrations on a single-sheet hard  copy.

             Purchase of any of the A.R.L.  instruments entitles one
             person to go to a tuition-free X-ray school  for one  week
             at A.R.L.  Also, training is provided  during the  plant
             checkout and installation of the equipment.


          •  General Electric (G.E.)

             Model  XRD-710 (Automatic Lab Unit)

             Instrument Cost:  ^$90K including computer

             The XRD-710 instrument is a fully automated, solid state
             unit capable of sequentially analyzing 10 specimens  for
             49 elements from F upwards.  Operation is in vacuum  or air.


             Model  XRD 700VS (Manual Lab Unit)

             Instrument Cost:  a)  ^$32K with a four  specimen  sample
                                      holder

                               b)  ^$41K with a ten specimen sample
                                      holder

             The XRD 700VS is strictly a manual unit  operable  in  air or
             vacuum.
                                   -17C-

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO
           Energy Dispersive Type Spectrometer
           t  Kevex Corporation
              Model - Vacuum System (Lab Unit)
              Instrument Cost:   a)  -\422K without a computer
                                b)  ^$35K with a computer
              The Kevex instrument has limited detectability and probably
              the least versatile instrument of those evaluated.

D.I.2    Evaluation of Technical Capability of Instrumentation - Instru-
mentation provided by the ARL,  GE and Kevex vendors has been evaluated for
technical capability to satisfy process monitoring requirements of the wet
limestone injection sulfur dioxide abatement process.  Key points in this
evaluation which distinguish the instrumentation from each other are
presented below.

           General Electric Instrumentation - The evaluation of the G.E.
instrumentation was accomplished through discussions with applications
personnel and assessment of the technical ability of the instrument for
the job.  TRW laboratory specimens were not used because of a long lead
time necessary to acquire experimental data.  Four G.E. wavelength
dispersive X-ray spectrometer systems were evaluated, 1) XEG - X-ray
Emission Gage I for computerized process control, 2) 700VS manual laboratory
unit, 3) XRD-410 vacuum tube automated laboratory unit, and 4) XRD-710
solid state automated laboratory unit.  Distinguishing features of these
instruments are:

     •  The XEG unit was designed for dry powders only.  Two
        slurry units were sold by G.E. and they are a constant
        problem.
     •  A slurry presenter is not feasible with any of the G.E.
        units.
     •  G.E. has no automated equipment to convert slurries to
        briquettes.  In fact, they stated that an on-line slurry
        dryer would not result in an efficient operation.
     •  All G.E. units discussed utilize the more inefficient  flat
        diffracting crystals as opposed to the curved diffracting
        crystals used in Applied Research Laboratory Equipment.
                                     -171-

-------
  17551-6012-RO-OO
     In summary, no G.E. unit can be utilized for on-line process  control

of wet scrubbing process slurries.   Their instrumentation should,  however,
be considered for use in a laboratory environment.


           Kevex Instrumentation -  These comments are the results  of

discussions with Mr.  Richard S.  Frankel, President,  and Dr.  Rolf Woldseth,
Applications Lab Director on 7,  19, 20 and 24 May 1971  and on 9 June 1971.
The data presented (see Table VIII  - Section 2.4) were obtained by Dr.

Woldseth on the same TRW prepared specimens which were analyzed previously

by Applied Research Laboratories.  The following points were developed  from
the contacts made with Kevex Corporation:


     •  There is a basic problem with regard to the  detection of low
        levels of S in a matrix  containing a high level  of Ca with
        energy dispersive X-ray  spectrometer systems such as  those
        sold by Kevex.   That basic  problem is that the  CaKe  escape
        peak of 2.27  KeV interferes directly with the SKcq  peak at
        2.27 Kev.   This  escape peak phenomenon occurs in the  Si(Li)
        X-ray detector when  4.01  KeV CakBi  quanta ionize the  Si  and
        cause 1.74 KeV SiKai  X-rays to escape from the  detector and
        leave 2.27 KeV quanta to be counted.   The effect of  the CaKp
        escape peak was  demonstrated at Kevex with TRW  specimen  009,
        limestone/Zurn FA, containing 0.045  + 0.015% w/w S by wet
        chemical  analysis at  TRW.   The sulfur determination data on
        specimen  009  were as  follows  for a  100 second count:

                      Gross  count           655
                      Background count     510
                      Net count             145
                      Ca Escape  Peak count  130

       The  145  net counts and 130  calcium escape peak  counts  are well
       within  the  counting statistical  error of  approximately 30
       counts.  The  conclusion was  that in  this  case the Kevex unit
       used was  not  capable  of detecting sulfur  down to  the  0.03 -  0.06%
       w/w  level.  The   vacuum path  Kevex unit could probably detect
       S in  a  limestone  matrix to  the  0.3 -  0.5 ±0.1% w/w level, i.e.,
       a factor of 10 to 20  times worse  than  the ARL 72000 Quantometer.
       The sensitivity of the Kevex  instrument could be  improved by
       a factor of  > 5      by counting  for  a longer time than 100
       seconds, using a  50pCi source  rather  than the 25yCi Fe   used,
       and using an 80 mm detector instead of the 30 mm  detector used.


    •  As in the case of wavelength  dispersive X-ray spectrometers
       (G.E. and A.R.L.  instruments)  the output  signal  is influenced
       by specimen particle  size.  Particles sized  below ^250 microns
       can usually be analyzed accurately by X-ray  instrumentation.


                                   -172-

-------
                                                          17551-6012-RO-OO
     •  Kevex Corporation has no slurry  presenter  equipment.


     t  Kevex Corporation has no computer software available.   All
        computer interfacing must be with their supplier,  Nuclear
        Data, Inc.


     •  The A.R.L.  unit detected Mg known to be present in more than
        half of the 14 TRW specimens submitted; the Kevex  unit
        detected no Mg.


     In summary, no Kevex unit, like G.E., can be  used for on-line control

of wet scrubbing process slurries.  In addition, their instrumentation is

somewhat limited even in a laboratory environment  and does not compete

well with either the A.R.L. or G.E. units considered.


           Applied Research Laboratory X-ray Instrumentation - The

evaluation of the A.R.L. X-ray instrumentation was based on results of

TRW prepared specimens.  The A.R.L. wavelength dispersive X-ray spectro-

meter instrumentation has several advantages over G.E. and Kevex equipment.

These advantages are:


     •  Curved diffracting crystals are used which are more efficient
        than flat crystals used by G.E., i.e., their use results in
        higher count rates, thereby allowing shorter count times than
        with flat crystals.

     •  Up to nine elements can be determined simultaneously since
        A.R.L. has capability for nine fixed spectrometers.

     •  An external standard in A.R.L. instruments automatically
        corrects for changes in X-ray tube voltage.

     •  A.R.L. has the  only available and proven  slurry presenter
        apparatus.

     t  A.R.L. has a patented slurry density gauge as  an  integral
        part of their on-line equipment.
                                    -173-

-------
  17551-6012-RO-OO


     X-ray Instrument Availability
           A.R.L.               90-120 days without computer
                               120 - 150 days with computer
           G.E.                  90 - 120 days
           Kevex                60 days

D.I.3    Manpower Requirements for Operation - The manpower requirements
listed here are  approximations based on experience and discussions  with
the three vendors.   Initially, perhaps for the first three months of
operation, any X-ray instrument will require one full time engineer or
scientist and one technician per shift.  After the initial period,  engineer
time should decrease to approximately 50% over perhaps the next nine months
of operation; technician time should remain at one man per shift.   In
fact, 50% of an  engineer's time for one shift per day should be adequate
after a year's operation; the other shifts could be run with one technician.

     With computerized data acquisition and reduction equipment, it is
estimated that the following maximum number of analyses and elements per
analysis could be obtained for the four X-ray equipment operational  modes:
                    Estimated  Maximum         Number  of        Total
                    Number  of  Analyses        Elements         Elemental
 X-Ray Unit         per 8-hour Shift          Per  Analysis     Analyses
 A.R.L.  (on line)           240a                  8              ^1800
 A.R.L.  (lab)               160a                  7              MOOO
 G.E.  (lab)                160a                  1               M60
 Kevex (lab)                 45b                -^50  (16)          ^640
aTwo-minute residence period in spectrometer
 Ten-minute residence period in spectrometer

     Unfortunately, of the 50 elements possible with the Kevex unit, only
about 16 are of primary interest to the limestone injection wet scrubbing
sulfur dioxide abatement process.
                                   -174-

-------
     Using the above estimates,  the  number  of  elemental  analyses  per 8-hour
shift, taking equipment maintenance  requirements  (5%  down  time) into account,
are estimated as follows:

           A.R.L.  (on-line)          ^1800 elemental analyses
           A.R.L.  (lab)             ^1000 elemental analyses
           G.E.  (lab)               ^160 elemental  analyses
           Kevex (lab)               ^640 elemental  analyses

     It is emphasized that these numbers are maxima and were  calculated
under the assumption that the operation was quite routine  and well-trained
personnel had been working the problem for  about one  year.

     In addition, the calculations assume that there  is a  plentiful  supply
of separated or non-separated slurry for analysis to  ensure  that  the
maximum number of analyses per 8-hour shift is maintained. This  assumption
can lead to high labor costs for acquisition of samples, separation, and
transfer to the laboratory while maintaining documented inventory and
clean-up prior to the next set of samples.

     For the purpose of providing a cost of operation estimation, it is
assumed that five sampling  points on each  of the three scrubber units are
to be sampled every  30 minutes  (total 30 samples/hour).   Similar calcula-
tions can be made for  other combinations resulting in 30  samples/hour rate
(e.g., 6 sampling points on one scrubber every 12 minutes).   A summary of
the mechanical operations to  be performed  by  technician labor are as
fol1ows:
                                                 Estimated Time Required,
                  Operation                      	Minutes
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

8.
9.
10.

Install grab sampler unit on scrubber
Take sample*
Remove grab sample*
Perform separation
Take sample to laboratory
Log sample with identification number
Load sample into X-ray carousel sample
compartment
Remove sample
Clean grab sampler
Take sampler to scrubber

3
2
2
2
6
1
2

2
2
6
28
     *-!hen Demco/fliter combination is used, these numbers are reduced but
      not eliminated because it is necessary to purge the system with the
      stream.
                                    -175-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO
     Although the total  time is 28 minutes/analysis,  several  operations
(such as Steps 5, 9, and 10) can be combined  with  other samples  and,  hence,
it is estimated that 8 to 9 technicians  can provide  an  adequate  number of
samples providing the operations can be  programmed so that  the technicians
do not run into each other.  With the 10-minute residence time requirement
of the Kevex, fewer samples are required (6 per hour) and,  hence,  only two
technicians are required for sampling.   A summary  of estimated costs  for
operation and acquisition of X-ray instrumentation is shown in Table  D-I.
Costs required for computer operation are not included  in these  numbers,
however, it is readily seen that the costs associated with  the two A.R.L.
units provide more cost effective operation.

D.I.4    Preliminary Specification for X-ray  Instrumentation - The
instrument sensitivity standardization computer interfacing and  minimum
required computer software for X-ray instrumentation suitable for  both
on-line and laboratory use are comparable. Specific requirements  for these
two operation modes have unique requirements  in number  of spectrometers and
analytical speed.  The general and specific specification requirements are
presented below.

           General Specification

           Sensitivity and Precision
           The instrument will be able to detect all  elements above atomic
           number 11 in concentrations down to 0.1 % w/w.   Water slurries
           with 1, 5 and 10% w/w solids  (limestone and  dolomite  matrices)
           will be analyzed to demonstrate specific  sensitivity  to Mg,
           Al, Si, P, S, Cl, K, Ca, Ti,  V, Mn, and Fe in both the  liquid
           and solid phases.  The precision must be  at  least 2%  of the
           measured value.

           Computer Interfacing
           The instrument will interface with a computer supplied  as  part
           of the system.   Output will be typewritten hard  copy.

           Minimum Required Software
           Computer software is required to 1) control  the  sequence and
           functioning of all  devices in the  system, 2) convert  elemental

                                     -176-

-------
                                                TABLE D-I

      SUMMARY OF ESTIMATED COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH OPERATIONS AND ACQUISITION X-RAY INSTRUMENTATIONS
                                            Operational Cost/8-Hour Shift
X-ray Unit
A.R.L. (on-line)
A.R.L. (lab)
L G.E. (lab)
1 Kevex (lab)
Capital
Cost
$K
160
90
90
35
X-ray
MRS
Hrs.
8
8
8
8
Unit
TS
Hrs.
8
8
8
8
Cost
$a
240
240
240
240
Sampling
TS
Hrs.
8
72
72
16
Cost
$a
80
720
720
160
Total
Cost
$
320
960
960
400
Total
Analyses
240
160
160
45
Total
Elements
1800
1000
160
640
Cost/
Analysis
$
1.33
6.00
6.00
8.88
Cost/
Element
$
0.18
0.96
6.00
0.62
Calculated assuming a burdened labor cost for professional  employees (MRS) of $20/hour and

 technicians (TS) of $10/hour.
                                                                                                                 tn

                                                                                                                 i
                                                                                                                 
-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
          count or voltage ratio output to percent concentration,
          3) determine up to six interelement correction constants,
          4) apply interelement correction constants to compensate for
          interelement effects, and 5) determine working curves from
          standard samples with graphic print out.


          Specific Specifications


          On-Line System Description

          The on-line X-ray instrumentation will provide elemental
          composition analyses of flowing slurries in a minimum of
          three streams.  Elemental readout will be typewritten in
          percent concentration.  Elements with atomic numbers greater
          than 11 will be able to be analyzed automatically.  There
          will also be provisions to analyze dry and wet batch
          specimens.

              Analytical Speed

              Approximately 1800 elemental analyses with elemental
              percent concentration output on hard copy must be
              feasible during an 8-hour shift.  (Manpower:  1 laboratory
              technician).

              Number of Spectrometers
              There will be one scanning spectrometer and six fixed
              spectrometers for Mg, S, Cl, K, Ca, and Fe.

              Instrument Standardization

              Means will be provided to correct for minor variations
              in the X-ray tube power output during analysis.

              Slurry Flowrate

              The slurry presenter system will maintain a constant flow
              through the analyzer cell of 5 liters/minute.

              Slurry Density
              A means will be provided to determine the percent solids
              in the flowing slurry.
         Laboratory System Description

         The laboratory X-ray instrumentation will provide elemental
         composition batch analyses of slurries and dry solids.  Elemental
         readout will be on hard copy in percent concentration.  Elements
         with atomic numbers greater than 11 will be able to be analyzed
         using a vacuum or helium X-ray path.
                                 -178-

-------
                                                        17551-6012-RO-OO
               Analytical Speed
               Approximately 1000 elemental analyses with elemental
               percent concentration output on hard copy must be
               feasible during an 8-hour shift.  (Manpower:  1 laboratory
               technician).
               Number of Spectrometers
               There will be one scanning  spectrometer.
               instrument Standardization
               Means will be provided  to standardize  the  instrument.

         Summary  - In  conclusion,  it must be  reiterated  that  the  A.R.L.
on-line X-ray unit is  the most  cost  effective and pays for its  capital
cost with respect to the  second most cost effective unit (A.R.L.  lab)  after
only 105 8-hour shifts  (using  the assumptions employed to  generate Table VI).
Consequently, this on-line  A.R.L.  X-ray unit  is tentatively recommended  for
process characterization  of the limestone wet scrubbing sulfur dioxide
abatement process.  Should  it  be  decided that a laboratory unit be employed,
it is recommended A.R.L.  lab instrument be  purchased.
D.2  X-RAY FLUORESCENCE CHARACTERIZATION OF ACTUAL AilD SIMULATED SOLIDS AND
     LIQUIDS  FROM POWER PLANTS
D.2.1   TVA Samples
      The five liquid  samples  and six  solid samples submitted by  J.  Barkley
 of TVA were  analyzed  quantitatively by x-ray fluorescence techniques
 employing TRW's  G.E.  Model  XRD-5 laboratory  x-ray  spectrometer.   It is
 understood that, 1) these  samples were intended to simulate  a wide range
 of sample compositions,  both  liquid and solid phases, that could be encoun-
 tered under varying wet  scrubber operating conditions and, 2) these
 analytical results would provide additional  information to aid TVA in their
 efforts to evaluate candidate analysis techniques.
      In order to eliminate the effect of  disparate particle size between
 standards and the unknown  material, both  were pulverized further and passed
 through a 325 mesh sieve (>44 micron particle size).   In previous studies
 it was found that fluorescence intensity increased asymptotically with
 decreasing particle size reaching a plateau in  the range of 70-100 microns.
                                     -179-

-------
  17551-6012-RO-OO

The unknown samples were blended in a Wig-L-Bug and pellet!zed under
25,000 psi into a 1.5 in. diameter disc in a polyvinyl acetate (^0.1% wt)
binder.  Calibration curves for Ca, K, Cl, S, Fe were prepared using reagent
grade anhydrous CaC03, K2C03, Nad, CaS04 and iron powder in a simulated
fly ash/SOp reacted limestone background composed of SiO^ and AlgOg-
     The solution standards were prepared from reagent grade Ca(N03)2.4H20,
NaoSO., KC1 and NaCl.  The special liquid cell with Mylar window was
employed for liquid analysis.  Instrument operating settings were the same
for both liquids and solids, as follows:
          Tube - Cr operated at 50 KVP, 30 Ma
          Crystal - PET
          Purge gas - He
          Detector - flow proportional
          Counting time - 10 or 100 sec. depending upon elemental
                          concentrations
     The taken and measured concentrations for Ca, K, Cl, S and Fe together
with a comparison of TVA's reported pH values to TRW's measured pH values
are listed in Table D.II.  The taken element values for the solid samples
were derived from the compound blends defined by TVA which are given in
Table D.III.  For the liquid samples, the agreement between taken and found
for Ca and K is excellent while the chloride values are somewhat more
divergent.  XRF sensitivity to sulfur, as discussed in several  previous
reports, is below the concentration made up.  It is quite apparent that
solutions 2, 3 and 4 have changed on standing as evidenced by the marked
differences in pH.
     The utility of XRF for this specific application 1s exemplified by the
findings of the solids  analysis.   Upon superficial examination, the agree-
ment for Ca and S values  appears rather poor.  Closer study of the calcium
data reveals that the measured concentrations are consistently higher than
the reported taken  values.   The differences  between the individual pairs
are, however, proportional to the ash content, i.e., (text continued on
Page 183)
                                    -180-

-------
                                                        TABLE D.I I
 i
oo
                        QUANTITATIVE X-RAY ANALYSIS OF LIQUID AND SOLID SCRUBBER  SAMPLES  FROM  TVA
                           TVA Reported Values
TRW Measured Concentrations
Liquid
Samples
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
Solid
Samples
#1
#2
#3
Hold Tank
Outlet
Clarifier
Bottom ppt.
Clarifier
Inlet
Ca
5.76
3.78
5.84
3.93
3.39
Caa
10.5
29.5
24.0

-

-

-
K Cl
2.26 8.07
2.44 11.6
2.71 15.1
2.53 12.24
1.63 11.14
K Cl Sa
4.9
10.0
8.6

- -

_

_
Molality(X10
S (PH)
5.83 (6.8)
5.48 (5)
7.86 (6)
5.12 (7)
4.84 (7)
% By Weight
£§. (Ash)
(64.95)
(3.99)
(30.1)

-

-

-
)
Ca
5.6
4.0
5.5
4.0
3.4
Ca.
16.1
30.1
26.1

7.2

15.0

30.0
K_ C_l_
2.1 10.4
2.4 15
2.5 14
2.7 14
1.6 9.6
K Cl_ S^
1.2 <.002 6.5
<.2 <.002 12.7
0.7 <.002 10.9

1.3 .008 4.7

0.9 <.002 8.6

<.2 .009 12.2
S^
<9.4
<9.4
<9.4
<9.4
<9.4
Fe
16.5
.9
7.1

12.4

13.2

1.7
              aSee  Table D.III for  prepared composition  by compound
                                                                                                         (PH)
                                                                                                         (6.7)
                                                                                                         (3.2)
                                                                                                         (3.3)
                                                                                                         (5.7)
                                                                                                         (6.9)
                                                                                                                        in
                                                                                                                        in
                                                                                                                        o
                                                                                                                        rv>
                                                                                                                        o
                                                                                                                        o

-------
                                                                                                                          en
                                                                                                                          en
00
TO
        CaS03'l/2H20
        CaCO,
Ash
        CaO
        MgC03



          Total:
TVA
Sample No.
Wt % Ca
25.00 5.81
0.91 0.28
1.59 0.64
64.95
5.27 3.76
1.00
98.72 10.49
1ADL.E, U , 1 1 1
SOLID SAMPLE COMPOSITION BY COMPOUND
1
S Wt %
4.65 51.04
0.22 2.05
36.27
3.99
3.78
2.98
4.87 100.11
Sample No. 2
Ca S
11.87 9.50
0.64 0.51
14.50
-
2.70
-
29.71 10.01
Sample No. 3
Wt % Ca S
40.07 9.32 7.46
4.84 1.50 1.20
12.00 4.80
30.08
11.74 8.39
0.89
99.62 24.01 8.66
i
CTi
O
ro
TO
0
o
o






-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO


Sample
No. 2
No. 3
No. 1


Taken
29.5
24.0
10.5

Calcium
Found
30.1
26.1
16.1

Absolute
A
0.6
2.1
5.6


Ash
3.99
30.1
64.95
Relative Error
Corrected for
Ash Ca
Contribution
1.0%
1.5%
0.62
Indeed, calculation of the least squares  straight line  equation  using:
                      Y  = fraction  of total  Ca
                      X  = fraction  of ash
gives;        intercept,  a = 0.317847       o =  0.000263
                  slope, b = -0.232775      a =  0.016217
and
                     X                        •    1
                  0.0399                      0.30856
                  0.301                        0.24778
                  0.650                       0.16666
                  1.000                       0.08507
Even considering the inhomogeneity  of the added  fly ash,  the  precision  is
good yielding a calculated calcium  content 1n the fly ash of  8.51%.
     The sulfur disparities were more of an enigma, as  they did  not  lend
themselves to easy explanation.   Again,  the concentrations found were con-
sistently higher than the taken  levels but the differences were  inversely
proportional to the ash content. A masking or antagonistic interference
was considered but discarded because of the lack of consistency  or correla-
tion with the constituent levels.  Assuming the  analyses  to be correct,
it was next postulated that, rather than an experimental  weighing  error
made in preparing the samples, another sulfate salt was used. Recalculation
of the sulfur taken on the basis of anhydrous  calcium sulfate gave the
following correlation.

             CaS04(%S) + CaS03-l/2  HpO(%S) = New Taken  %S     % Found
   No. 1                  (5.86M0.22)  =  6.08                    6.5
   No. 2                 (11.97M0.51)  = 12.48                  12.7
   No. 3                  (9.40M1.20)  = 10.60                   10.6
                                    -183-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO

These data strongly suggest that the anhydrous  sulfate salt was  used  as  op-
posed to the reported dihydrate.  Most importantly, the XRF tool  is suffi-
ciently accurate to allow elucidation of such anomalies.
D.3  DUKE POWER COMPANY SAMPLES
     Several  filter and impinger samples were submitted through  the Project
Officer for characterization by XRF and other techniques.   The sample de-
signations, elements determined by XRF and concentration  values  measured
are listed below.   Whereas the emphasis in this program has been directed
toward Ca, Mg and S, note the utility for other pollutant species that are
of concern in terms of human health, crop and material damage notably
silicon phosphorous and chloride.
                                   Element. % by Weight
     Sample                      Cl_         S_          SJ_         £
     "B" Filter Paper           <0.1       3.7         16.5        0.65
     Run 1-B
     Probe-Cyclone Acetone       2.2       1.8        12.7        0.42
     Filter #12376              <0.1       1.0         13.5        0.35
     Number 44                   0.64      2.3         14.7        0.54
                                    -184-

-------
                                                     17551-6012-RO-OO
                               APPENDIX  E

        TENTATIVE METHOD FOR ANALYSIS  FOR  SULFITE  AND  BISULFITE

                       ION BY FURFURAL BLEACHING

                   (A Laboratory Instrumental  Method)
SCOPE
     This method is applicable for the analysis  of sulfite  and  bisulfite

ion in aqueous media.   While the method was  developed  especially for  sul-

fur dioxide scrubbing  processes, it has general  applicability within  the
given ranges.

SUMMARY

     An amount of sulfite and bisulfite ion  adjusted to be  in the concen-

tration range  of 1-5 mM is added to a measure excess of furfural.  A  none

UV-absorbing complex is formed and from a measurement of the decrease in

absorbance of  the free furfural  species at 276 nM and pH 4, the bisulfite

concentration  can be calculated utilizing standard spectrophotometric
calibration techniques.

REAGENTS

     1)  Furfural Solution, Aqueous, approximately 2.5 x 10~4 M

          Dissolve 24 mg +_ 2 mg in deionized water which has been
     boiled to remove oxygen and cooled.  Dilute to one liter in
     a volumetric flask.  This reagent should be made fresh daily
     and used  for preparation of a standard  curve using standard
     known bisulfite solutions.

     2)  NaH2P04 Buffer Solution

          Dissolve 120.0 grams of reagent grade NaH PO  in  1 liter
     of boiled, cooled, deionized water.  Adjust pH to 4.0  by drop-
     wise additions of concentrated H P04.  This solution is stable
     and does  not have to  be freshly made.

     3.  Aqueous Sulfamic Acid

          Dissolve 0.486 g of reagent grade  NH2S03H in 200  ml  of
     boiled, cooled, deionized water.

          NOTE:  Minimize air exposure of all reagents.
                                   -185-

-------
17551 -601 2-RO-OO
REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
     1.  Beckman DK-2A ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer or
         equivalent.
     2.  Matched silica sample cells with an optical  path  length  of
         10 mm.
PREPARATION OF STANDARD CALIBRATION CURVE
     The separation of the standard bisulfite solutions  and absorbance
curve should be carried out each day that samples are analyzed.   Weigh a
quantity of reagent grade sodium bisulfite to be determined by the formula:
     Grams NaHS03 =

     where %S02 = %S02 in the NaHS03 (SOp content is the normally
     reported assay value for NaHS03).
     Quantitatively transfer the NaHS03 to a 500-ml  volumetric flask,  add
cooled, boiled deionized water to dissolve the salt  and fill  to the mark.
This yields a 5 mM solution (5 x 10"  M) .  Pipet 25  ml   of this solution
into a 50 ml volumetric flask and 25 ml  into a 100  ml  volumetric flask.
Dilute each to the mark to yield solutions of 2.5 mM and 1.25 mM bisul-
fite, respectively.  Pipet 5 ml  of each of the three calibration solutions
into 25 ml volumetric flasks.  Using a pipet, add 5  ml  of the NaHpPO.
buffer solution, 5 ml of the furfural  solution, and  1  ml of sulfamic acid
solution to each flask and also to an empty 25 ml volumetric  flask (cali-
bration standard with zero bisulfite content).  Dilute to volume with  water
and mix well.  With the instrument in the transmittance mode, adjust the
zero and 100% T on the UV spectrophotometer with a solution of 5 ml of
buffer and 1 ml sulfamic acid solution diluted to 25 ml with  water (a
blank) placed in both sample and reference cells.  Change the instrument
to the absorbance mode.  Allow the calibration standards to stand at least
5 minutes but less than 20 minutes after preparation and then scan each of
the four calibration solutions from 340nM  to 260nM  while retaining the
blank solution in the reference cell.
     Measure the absorbance (A)  of the peak at 276 nM and calculate the
reciprocal of absorbance (I/A).   Plot I/A (ordinate) vs the bisulfite con-
centration in millimoles per liter (abscissa) to yield a straight line

                                   -186-

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO

function of the type y = a + b.  Determine ordinate intercept (b) and the
slope (a) of the function by a least squares calculation.
ANALYSIS OF SAMPLES
     The samples must be free of particulate suspension and contact with
the atmosphere should be minimized.  The samples should have a bisulfite
concentration of 1 - 5 mtt.  If upon analysis the level  is too high, dilute
the sample appropriately using quantitative techniques.  If filtering or
dilution is necessary, it should be done in an inert atmosphere dry bag or
glove box.  The samples should have an initial pH between 5 and 9.
     Pi pet 5 ml of the sample into a 25 ml volumetric flask.  Add 5 ml of
the NaH2P04 buffer solution, 5 ml of the furfural solution, and 1 ml of the
sulfamic acid solution.  Add water to the mark and mix well.  Analyze all
the solutions using the method in the calibration section.
CALCULATIONS
     Calculate the concentration of total sulfite plus bisulfite (SI7) in
each solution according to the formula:
                               R  1
     Siv concentration, mM = 5 £• (TT)
     where:
          B = ordinate intercept of calibration straight line curve (A  )
          Y = slope of calibration straight line curve (A"1  m M°les -11
                                   -187-

-------
                                                        17551-6012-RO-OO
                                APPENDIX  F
             DIRECTORY OF SEPARATOR MANUFACTURERS  AND  VENDORS
Ace Scientific Supply Co., Inc.
1420 E. Linden Ave.
Linden, N.J. 07036

Air Products & Chemical,  Inc.
P. 0.  Box 538
Allentown, Pa. 18105

Allied Engineering & Production Corp.
2421 Blanding Ave.
Alameda, Calif. 94501

American Air Filter Co.,  Inc.
215 Central Ave.
Louisville, Ky. 40208

AMF Cuno Div.
American Machine & Foundry Co.
400 Research Parkway
Meriden, Conn. 06450

Ami con Corp.
Scientific Systems Div.
21 Hartwell Ave.
Lexington, Mass. 02173

Barnstead Co.
225 Rivermoor St.
Boston, Mass. 02132

Beaver  Filter Corp.
P. 0. Box 848
Port Ewen, N.Y. 12466

Belleville Wire Cloth Co. Inc.
135 Little St.
Belleville,  N.J.  07109

The Bittner  Corp.
181 Hudson St.
New York,  N.Y.  10013

The Carborundum Co.
Graphite  Product  Div.
P.  0.  Box  577
Niagara Falls,  N.Y.  14302

Chemical  Equipment Corp.
7454  E.  46th St.
Tulsa,  Okla. 74145
The Chemical Rubber Co.
18901 Cranwood Parkway
Cleveland, Ohio 44128

Clay Adams
Div. of Becton, Dickinson & Co.
299 Webro Rd.
Parsippany, N.J. 07054

Columbia Filter Co. Inc.
199 - 7th Ave.
Hawthorne, N.J. 07507

The DeLaval Separator Co.
350 Dutchess Turnpike
Poughkeepsie, N.Y. 12602

The Dow Chemical Co.
P. 0. Box 1656
Indianapolis, Ind. 46206

The Duriron Co, Inc.
452 N. Findlay St.
Dayton, Ohio 45401

Eagle-Pitcher Industries,  Inc.
American Bldg.
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202

Ertel Engineering  Co.
62  Front St.
Kingston, N.Y. 12401

Filtros Plant-Ferro Corp.
601 W. Commercial  St.
E.  Rochester, N.Y.  14445

Fisher Scientific  Co.
711  Forbes  Ave.
Pittsburgh,  Pa. 15219

General  Nuclear Corp.
550 Fifth  Ave.
New York,  N.Y.  10036

Graham  Manufacturing  Co., Inc.
26 Harvester Ave.
Batavia,  N.Y.  14020
                                    -189-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO
                        APPENDIX F  (CONTINUED)
Heico, Inc.
Delaware Water Gap, Pa. 18327

F. R. Hermann & Co., Inc.
P. 0. Box 229
Mill dale, Conn. 06467

International Equipment Co.
300 Second Ave.
Needham Heights, Mass. 02194

International Sales Associates
116 N. Bellevue Ave.
Langhorne, Pa. 19047

Johns-Manville Products Corp.
22 E. 40th St.
New  fcrk, N.Y. 10016

Kern Chemical Corp.
854 S. Robertson Blvd.
Los Angeles, Calif. 90035

Komline-Sanderson Engineering Corp.
100 Holland Ave.
Peapack, N.J. 07977

Millipore Corp.
Ashby Rd.
Bedford, Mass. 01730

MSE, Inc.
811 Sharon Dr.
Westlake, Ohio 44145

Norton Co.
Plastics & Synthetics Div.
P. 0. Box 350
Akron, Ohio 44309

Owens-Illinois, Inc.
Consumer & Tech. Products Div.
P. 0. Box 1035
Toledo, Ohio 43601

Pall Trincor Corp.
459 Chestnut St.
Union, N.J.  07083
Pall Trinity Micro Corp.
Route 281
Cortland, N.Y. 13045

Pennwalt Corp.
3 Penn Center
Philadelphia, Pa. 19102

Perry Products Co.
1421 N. 6th St.
Philadelphia, Pa. 19122

Planchefs Lab Products
P. 0. Box 1802
Ann Arbor, Mich. 48106

Pulverizing Machinery Div.
10 Chatham Rd.
Summit, N.J. 07901

Service Filter Corp.
7433 N. Harlem Ave.
Chicago, 111. 60648

Straightline Filters, Inc.
Box 1911
Wilmington, Del. 19899

Technican Corp.
511 Benedict Ave.
Tarrytown, N.Y. 10591

Testing Machines, Inc.
400 Bayview Ave.
Amityvllle, N.Y. 11701

Tri-R Instruments, Inc.
48 Merrick Rd.
Rockville Center, N.Y. 11570

Vanton Pump & Equipment Corp,
201 Sweetland Ave.
Hillside, N.J. 07205

Zena Co.
723 - 22nd St.
Union City, N.J. 07087
                                    -190-

-------
                                                      17551-6012-RO-OO
                                APPENDIX G

                      PROCESS pH MONITORING SYSTEMS

                                 BECKMAN
UNITS IN SYSTEM

     Sensors
          Glass Electrode
          Reference Electrode
          Thermocompensator




     Electrode Assembly

          Flow Chamber
          Flow Chamber (Low
          pressure epoxy)
Standard glass pH electrode with short
wide electrode bodies for strength and
rapid replacement features - $32.00

Conventional reference with electrolyte
reservoir or new Lazaran plastic un-
breakable, chemically resistant elec-
trode.  Needs no electrolyte replenish-
ment. - $32.00 - $125.00

Temperature sensitive resistance ele-
ment for automatic correction of ana-
lyzer for temperature variation to read
true pH - $47.00
Available in stainless steel or poly-
vinyl dichloride useful at high pres-
sure and over a wide range of tempera-
ture.  Other materials are special
Order.  Easy snam out electrode assem-
bly - $150.00 - $210.00

Dimensions:

     Height - 14-1/4" (plus 6-5/16"
     for reservoir where necessary)

     Diameter - 3-1/4"

     Inlet - 1/2" NPT

     Outlet - 1/2" NPT

     Conduit - 1/2" NPT

Useful for pH measurement in streams
below 15 psig.  Requires a unique  1"
diameter reference electrode.  1/2"
pipe fittings - $76.00
                                    -191-

-------
 17551-6012-RO-OO
          Submersion Chamber
          Separate Insertion Glands
     pH Analyzer
          pH Indicator and
          Amp!i fi er/Transmi tter
 Similar  to  standard  flow chamber des-
 scribed  above  but  designed  for submer-
 sion  in  tank,  etc. - $115.00 - $195.00

 Used  for inserting electrodes separately
 into  pipe,  etc., threaded - $150.00 -
 $140.00
May be purchased as separate units or
as a single compact unit.  Two models
available.  Differential amplification.
Direct output from analyzers to grounded
or ungrounded recorder or other readout
device.  Low drift and noise.  Solid
state circuitry.  Scales for any 2, 5
or 10 pH units.  Voltage or current out-
put.  Automatic or manual temperature
compensation.  Optional alarm contacts -
$610.00
                         UNIVERSAL  INTERLOCK,  INC.
UNITS IN SYSTEM
     Sensors
          Glass  Electrode
          Reference Electrode
          Thermocompensator


     Electrode Assembly

          Flow Chamber
Standard glass pH electrodes with rugged
construction manufactured by Micro
Sensors, Inc.  Combination electrode
also available.

Available with either a hardwood plug
liquid junction or a ceramic liquid
junction.  Sealed industrial reference
available.

Automatic temperature compensator avail-
able.
Available in PVC, Penton, and Teflon.
Stainless steel special order.  Can be
purchased with built in preamplifier
and features twist-open flow chamber
for easy cleaning.  $365.00 - $540.00
includes preamp, electrodes, tempera-
ture compensator and cell holder.
                                     -192-

-------
                                                       17551-6012-RO-OO
          Insertion Assembly
Dimensions:
     Mounted on a 10'  x 10" PVC plate

     Inlet - 1/2" NPT or 1" NPT

     Outlet - 1/2" NPT

Unit contains electrodes, preamplifier,
automatic temperature compensator and
cell holders.  Designed for pipe or
tank installation - $470.00 - $595.00

Dimensions:
     pH Analyzer

          Transmitter
                                         Length - 10-1/8"

                                         Diameter - 3"

                                         Probe portion - 5"

                                         Housing with 2-1/2" NPT
All the signals preamplified at source.
System terminates ground loop interfer-
ence and is compatible with grounded or
ungrounded instrumentation.  Low drift
and noise.  Automatic or manual temp-
erature compensation.  Alarm contacts -
$470.00 - $685.00
                            LEEDS AND NORTHRUP
UNITS IN SYSTEM

     Sensors

          Glass Electrode

          Reference Electrode



          Thermocompensator

     Electrode Assembly

          Flow Chamber
          Submersion Chamber
 Standard heavy duty type - $30.00

 Low diffusion calomel reference requires
 less  frequent filling.  Non-fouling
 characteristics - $30.00

 Available  as part of system - $44.00
Many  available for various  applications
(flow, pressures, temperature, etc.).
Non-fouling plastic  (polypropylene)  as-
sembly eliminates clogging  and electrode
fouling  in some  applications.  Available
also  in  stainless steel  - $109.00

Many  types available for various  appli-
cations.

-193-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO
    pH Analyzer
         Amplifier                  Preamplifier and  amplifier are  contained
                                    in one unit.   Measurement  of pH reading
                                    is performed by first generation system
                                    directly amplifying  the  differential mv
                                    signal - $608.00

         Recorder                   Hi-impedance unit capable  of direct  am-
                                    plification  and recording  of mv elec-
                                    trode output - -v$l,000.00
                                   -194-

-------
                                                        17551-6012-RO-OO

                                REFERENCES
 1.  Radian Corporation, Contract 68-02-0008, "Laboratory Analyses
    For Wet Limestone Scrubbing Processes".
 2.  Radian Corporation, Contract CPA-22-69-138, "A Theoretical Description
    of the Limestone Injection-Wet Scrubbing Process", June 9, 1970.
 3.  "Alkali Scrubbing Test Facility, Phase 2: Design Engineering", Bechtel,
    August 1970.
 4.  L. Szekeres and F. Bakacs-Polgar, "Determination of Alkali Hydrogen
    Carbonates in the Presence of Alkali Carbonates", Act. Chim. Hung.
    Tomus 26, 1961.
 5.  H. T. Dyer, Advances in X-Ray Analysis 9_, 447 (1966).
 6.  B. P. Fabbi and W. S. Moore, Applied Spectroscopy, 24, 426 (1970).
 7.  J.  F. Harris and L. L. Zoch, Anal.  Chem. 34,  201  (1962)
 8.  E.  F. Rissman and  R. L. Larkin, Anal.  Chem. 42,  1628  (1970)
 9.   R. Dunk, R.  A.  Mostyn, H. C. Hoave, Atomic Absorption Newsletter
     8, 79 (1969).
10.   H. E. Taylor,  0. H. Gibson and R. K. Skogerbee, Anal. Chem.  42_,
     1569 (1970).
11.   A. Syty and J.  A.  Dean, Applied Optics 1,  1331  (1968).
12.   "Standard Methods/Water and Waste Water",  13th Ed.  1971, APHA,
     AWWA, WPCF, Method 156C, p 334.
13.   E. A. Burns, "Nitrogen Oxygen Compounds",  Chapter in Analytical
     Chemistry of Nitrogen and Its Compounds" Part 1, C. A. Streuli
     and P. R. Averell, Ed., Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1970, p  85.
14.   Environmental  Protection Agency Water Quality Office, Methods for
     Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes, 1971.
15.   F. L. Fisher, E. R. Ibest and H. F. Beckman, Anal. Chem. Vol. 30.
     1972 (1958).
16.   R. Di Martini, Anal. Chem., Vol. 42,  1102  (1970).
                                    -195-

-------
17551-6012-RO-OO

                          REFERENCES (CONTINUED)
17.  J. N.  Driscoll, et.  al.,  "Determination of Oxides  of  Nitrogen  in
     Combustion Effluents with a Nitrate Ion Selective  Electrode,"  Presented
     at 64th Annual  APCA Meeting, June 1971.
18.  B. A.  Chertkov, J.  Applied Chem.  3£,  2687  (1959).
19.  L. C.  Schroeter, "Sulfur  Dioxide,"  Pergamon  Press, New York, New  York
     (1966).
20.  Am. Coc. Mech.  Eng., "Flue and Exhaust Gas Analysis,  Power Test Code
     (1936)
21.  P. W.  West and  G.  C. Gaeke, Anal. Chem. 28_,  1916 (1956).
22.  "Air Pollution," Ed. A.  C. Stern, Vol. II  Analysis, Monitoring and
     Surveying, 2nd  Ed., Acad. Press,  New York  (1968).
23.  "Std.  Methods for Exam,  of Water  and Waste Water," 12th Ed.  Am. Pub.
     Health (1965).
24.  I. M.  Kolthoff  and V. A.  Stenger, "Volumetric Analysis,"  Vol.  Ill,
     Titration Methods, 2nd Ed., Interscience Publ.,  Inc., New York (1947).
25.  ASTM D516-68
26.  "Handbook of Anal.  Chem." Ed. L.  Meites, 1st Ed.,  McGraw Hill, (1963).
27.  I. M.  Kolthoff  and C. S.  Miller,  J. A. C.  S. 63, 2818 (1944).
28.  "Scott's Standard Methods of Chem.  Anal."  5th Ed., D. Van Mostrand Co.,
     New Jersey (1956).
29.  R. G.  White, "Handbook of Ultraviolet Methods,"  Plenum, New York  (1965).
30.  F. J.  Weicher,  "The Analytical Uses of EDTA," D. Van  Nostrand, New
     Jersey (1958)
31.  I. M.  Kolthoff  and E. B.  Sandell, "Textbook  of Quantitative Inorganic
     Analysis," 3rd  Ed., Macmillan Co.,  New York  (1952).
32.  Hillebrand, Lundell, Bright and Hoffman, "Applied Inorganic Analysis,"
     2nd Ed., Wiley, New York (1953).
33.  Snell  and Snell, "Colorimetric Methods of  Analysis,"  Vol. II,  3rd Ed.,
     D. Van Nostrand, New Jersey (1963).
                                   -196-

-------